Added intl and sdl_gfx libraries (thanks to Kurosu)
This commit is contained in:
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<manifest xmlns:android="http://schemas.android.com/apk/res/android"
|
||||
package="de.schwardtnet.alienblaster"
|
||||
android:versionCode="110005"
|
||||
android:versionName="1.1.0.05"
|
||||
package="com.googlecode.opentyrian"
|
||||
android:versionCode="2102"
|
||||
android:versionName="2.1.02"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<application android:label="@string/app_name"
|
||||
android:icon="@drawable/icon"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
|
||||
# The namespace in Java file, with dots replaced with underscores
|
||||
SDL_JAVA_PACKAGE_PATH := de_schwardtnet_alienblaster
|
||||
SDL_JAVA_PACKAGE_PATH := com_googlecode_opentyrian
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to shared libraries - Android 1.6 cannot load them properly, thus we have to specify absolute path here
|
||||
# SDL_SHARED_LIBRARIES_PATH := /data/data/de.schwardtnet.alienblaster/lib
|
||||
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ SDL_JAVA_PACKAGE_PATH := de_schwardtnet_alienblaster
|
||||
# Typically /sdcard/alienblaster
|
||||
# Or /data/data/de.schwardtnet.alienblaster/files if you're planning to unpack data in application private folder
|
||||
# Your application will just set current directory there
|
||||
SDL_CURDIR_PATH := de.schwardtnet.alienblaster
|
||||
SDL_CURDIR_PATH := com.googlecode.opentyrian
|
||||
|
||||
# Android Dev Phone G1 has trackball instead of cursor keys, and
|
||||
# sends trackball movement events as rapid KeyDown/KeyUp events,
|
||||
@@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ SDL_TRACKBALL_KEYUP_DELAY := 1
|
||||
# resized in HW-accelerated way, however it eats a tiny bit of CPU
|
||||
SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_RESIZE := 1
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILED_LIBRARIES := sdl_mixer sdl_image
|
||||
COMPILED_LIBRARIES := sdl_net
|
||||
|
||||
APPLICATION_ADDITIONAL_CFLAGS := -finline-functions -O2
|
||||
SDL_ADDITIONAL_CFLAGS := -DSDL_ANDROID_KEYCODE_MOUSE=UNKNOWN -DSDL_ANDROID_KEYCODE_0=RETURN -DSDL_ANDROID_KEYCODE_1=LCTRL -DSDL_ANDROID_KEYCODE_2=PAGEUP -DSDL_ANDROID_KEYCODE_3=PAGEDOWN -DSDL_ANDROID_KEYCODE_4=LCTRL
|
||||
SDL_ADDITIONAL_CFLAGS := -DSDL_ANDROID_KEYCODE_MOUSE=UNKNOWN -DSDL_ANDROID_KEYCODE_0=SPACE -DSDL_ANDROID_KEYCODE_1=RETURN -DSDL_ANDROID_KEYCODE_2=LCTRL -DSDL_ANDROID_KEYCODE_3=LALT -DSDL_ANDROID_KEYCODE_4=RETURN
|
||||
|
||||
# If SDL_Mixer should link to libMAD
|
||||
SDL_MIXER_USE_LIBMAD :=
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
|
||||
APP_PROJECT_PATH := $(call my-dir)/..
|
||||
|
||||
# Available libraries: mad sdl_mixer sdl_image sdl_ttf sdl_net sdl_blitpool
|
||||
# Available libraries: mad sdl_mixer sdl_image sdl_ttf sdl_net sdl_blitpool sdl_gfx intl
|
||||
# sdl_mixer depends on tremor and optionally mad
|
||||
# sdl_image depends on png and jpeg
|
||||
# sdl_ttf depends on freetype
|
||||
|
||||
APP_MODULES := application sdl sdl_main stlport tremor png jpeg freetype sdl_mixer sdl_image
|
||||
APP_MODULES := application sdl sdl_main stlport tremor png jpeg freetype sdl_net
|
||||
|
||||
APP_ABI := armeabi
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -13,9 +13,12 @@ LOCAL_CFLAGS := $(foreach D, $(APP_SUBDIRS), -I$(LOCAL_PATH)/$(D)) \
|
||||
-I$(LOCAL_PATH)/../sdl_ttf \
|
||||
-I$(LOCAL_PATH)/../sdl_net \
|
||||
-I$(LOCAL_PATH)/../sdl_blitpool \
|
||||
-I$(LOCAL_PATH)/../sdl_gfx \
|
||||
-I$(LOCAL_PATH)/../stlport/stlport \
|
||||
-I$(LOCAL_PATH)/../png \
|
||||
-I$(LOCAL_PATH)/../jpeg \
|
||||
-I$(LOCAL_PATH)/../intl \
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
LOCAL_CFLAGS += $(APPLICATION_ADDITIONAL_CFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1 +1 @@
|
||||
alienblaster
|
||||
opentyrian
|
||||
26
project/jni/intl/Android.mk
Normal file
26
project/jni/intl/Android.mk
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
LOCAL_PATH := $(call my-dir)
|
||||
|
||||
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
|
||||
|
||||
LOCAL_MODULE := intl
|
||||
|
||||
APP_SUBDIRS := src
|
||||
|
||||
# Add more subdirs here, like src/subdir1 src/subdir2
|
||||
|
||||
LOCAL_CFLAGS := -I$(LOCAL_PATH)/src -DBUILDING_LIBINTL -DBUILDING_DLL \
|
||||
-DIN_LIBINTL -DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY \
|
||||
-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \
|
||||
-Drelocate=libintl_relocate -DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 \
|
||||
-DNO_XMALLOC -DHAVE_CONFIG_H \
|
||||
-DLOCALEDIR=\"/usr/local/share/locale\" \
|
||||
-DLIBDIR=\"/usr/local/lib\" \
|
||||
-DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"/usr/local/share/locale\" \
|
||||
-DINSTALLDIR=\"/usr/local/lib\"
|
||||
|
||||
# -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"/usr/local/share/locale\" \
|
||||
# -DINSTALLDIR=\"/usr/local/lib\"
|
||||
|
||||
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := $(foreach F, $(APP_SUBDIRS), $(addprefix $(F)/,$(notdir $(wildcard $(LOCAL_PATH)/$(F)/*.c))))
|
||||
|
||||
include $(BUILD_SHARED_LIBRARY)
|
||||
482
project/jni/intl/COPYING.LIB-2.0
Normal file
482
project/jni/intl/COPYING.LIB-2.0
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
|
||||
GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is
|
||||
numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
|
||||
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
|
||||
|
||||
This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
|
||||
specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
|
||||
other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for
|
||||
your libraries, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
|
||||
you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
|
||||
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
|
||||
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
|
||||
code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide
|
||||
complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
|
||||
with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
|
||||
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
|
||||
the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
|
||||
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
|
||||
version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
|
||||
the original authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
|
||||
software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
|
||||
transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this,
|
||||
we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
|
||||
free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
|
||||
GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This
|
||||
license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
|
||||
designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary
|
||||
one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
|
||||
the same as in the ordinary license.
|
||||
|
||||
The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
|
||||
they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
|
||||
program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without
|
||||
changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
|
||||
analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in
|
||||
a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
|
||||
derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
|
||||
treats it as such.
|
||||
|
||||
Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
|
||||
Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
|
||||
sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We
|
||||
concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
|
||||
|
||||
However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
|
||||
users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
|
||||
libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to
|
||||
permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
|
||||
preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
|
||||
libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve
|
||||
this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
|
||||
changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this
|
||||
will lead to faster development of free libraries.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
|
||||
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
|
||||
former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
|
||||
works together with the library.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
|
||||
General Public License rather than by this special one.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
|
||||
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
|
||||
party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
|
||||
General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is
|
||||
addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
|
||||
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
|
||||
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
|
||||
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
|
||||
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
|
||||
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
|
||||
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
|
||||
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
|
||||
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
|
||||
|
||||
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
|
||||
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
|
||||
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
|
||||
and installation of the library.
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
|
||||
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
|
||||
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
|
||||
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
|
||||
and what the program that uses the Library does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
|
||||
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
|
||||
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
|
||||
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
|
||||
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
|
||||
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
|
||||
Library.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
|
||||
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
|
||||
fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
|
||||
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
|
||||
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
|
||||
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
|
||||
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
|
||||
in the event an application does not supply such function or
|
||||
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
|
||||
its purpose remains meaningful.
|
||||
|
||||
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
|
||||
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
|
||||
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
|
||||
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
|
||||
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
|
||||
root function must still compute square roots.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
|
||||
it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
|
||||
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
|
||||
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
|
||||
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
|
||||
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
|
||||
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
|
||||
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
|
||||
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
|
||||
these notices.
|
||||
|
||||
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
|
||||
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
|
||||
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
|
||||
the Library into a program that is not a library.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
|
||||
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
|
||||
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
|
||||
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
|
||||
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
|
||||
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
|
||||
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
|
||||
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
|
||||
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
|
||||
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
|
||||
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
|
||||
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
|
||||
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
|
||||
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
|
||||
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
|
||||
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
|
||||
|
||||
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
|
||||
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
|
||||
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
|
||||
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
|
||||
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
|
||||
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
|
||||
|
||||
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
|
||||
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
|
||||
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
|
||||
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
|
||||
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
|
||||
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
|
||||
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
|
||||
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
|
||||
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
|
||||
|
||||
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
|
||||
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
|
||||
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
|
||||
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
|
||||
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
|
||||
engineering for debugging such modifications.
|
||||
|
||||
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
|
||||
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
|
||||
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
|
||||
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
|
||||
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
|
||||
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
|
||||
of these things:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
|
||||
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
|
||||
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
|
||||
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
|
||||
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
|
||||
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
|
||||
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
|
||||
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
|
||||
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
|
||||
to use the modified definitions.)
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
|
||||
least three years, to give the same user the materials
|
||||
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
|
||||
than the cost of performing this distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
|
||||
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
|
||||
specified materials from the same place.
|
||||
|
||||
d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
|
||||
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
|
||||
|
||||
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
|
||||
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
|
||||
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
|
||||
the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
|
||||
distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
|
||||
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
|
||||
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
|
||||
the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
|
||||
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
|
||||
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
|
||||
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
|
||||
distribute.
|
||||
|
||||
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
|
||||
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
|
||||
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
|
||||
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
|
||||
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
|
||||
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
|
||||
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
|
||||
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
|
||||
Sections above.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
|
||||
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
|
||||
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
|
||||
|
||||
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
|
||||
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
|
||||
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
|
||||
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
|
||||
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
|
||||
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
|
||||
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
|
||||
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Library or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
|
||||
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
|
||||
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
|
||||
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
|
||||
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
|
||||
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
|
||||
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
|
||||
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
|
||||
written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
|
||||
versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
|
||||
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
|
||||
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
|
||||
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
|
||||
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
|
||||
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
|
||||
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
|
||||
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
|
||||
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
|
||||
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
|
||||
and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
|
||||
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
|
||||
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
|
||||
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
|
||||
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
|
||||
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
|
||||
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
|
||||
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
|
||||
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
|
||||
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
|
||||
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
|
||||
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
|
||||
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
|
||||
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
|
||||
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
|
||||
DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
|
||||
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
|
||||
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
|
||||
ordinary General Public License).
|
||||
|
||||
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
|
||||
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
|
||||
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
|
||||
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
That's all there is to it!
|
||||
516
project/jni/intl/COPYING.LIB-2.1
Normal file
516
project/jni/intl/COPYING.LIB-2.1
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
|
||||
|
||||
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2.1, February 1999
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
|
||||
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
|
||||
the version number 2.1.]
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
|
||||
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
|
||||
|
||||
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
|
||||
specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
|
||||
can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
|
||||
this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
|
||||
strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations
|
||||
below.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
|
||||
not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
|
||||
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
|
||||
for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
|
||||
it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
|
||||
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
|
||||
these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
|
||||
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
|
||||
you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
|
||||
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
|
||||
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
|
||||
code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
|
||||
complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
|
||||
with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
|
||||
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
|
||||
library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
|
||||
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
|
||||
there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
|
||||
modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
|
||||
that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
|
||||
author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
|
||||
introduced by others.
|
||||
^L
|
||||
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
|
||||
any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
|
||||
effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
|
||||
restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
|
||||
any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
|
||||
consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
|
||||
|
||||
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
|
||||
ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
|
||||
General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
|
||||
is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
|
||||
this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
|
||||
libraries into non-free programs.
|
||||
|
||||
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
|
||||
a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
|
||||
combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
|
||||
General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
|
||||
entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
|
||||
Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
|
||||
the library.
|
||||
|
||||
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
|
||||
does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
|
||||
Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
|
||||
of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
|
||||
are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
|
||||
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
|
||||
special circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
|
||||
encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it
|
||||
becomes
|
||||
a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
|
||||
allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
|
||||
library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
|
||||
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
|
||||
software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
|
||||
programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
|
||||
free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
|
||||
non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
|
||||
operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
|
||||
users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
|
||||
linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
|
||||
that program using a modified version of the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
|
||||
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
|
||||
former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
|
||||
be combined with the library in order to run.
|
||||
^L
|
||||
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
|
||||
program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
|
||||
other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
|
||||
this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
|
||||
Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
|
||||
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
|
||||
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
|
||||
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
|
||||
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
|
||||
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
|
||||
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
|
||||
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
|
||||
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
|
||||
|
||||
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
|
||||
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
|
||||
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control
|
||||
compilation
|
||||
and installation of the library.
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
|
||||
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
|
||||
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
|
||||
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
|
||||
and what the program that uses the Library does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
|
||||
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
|
||||
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
|
||||
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
|
||||
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
|
||||
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
|
||||
Library.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
|
||||
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
|
||||
fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
|
||||
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
|
||||
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
|
||||
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
|
||||
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
|
||||
in the event an application does not supply such function or
|
||||
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
|
||||
its purpose remains meaningful.
|
||||
|
||||
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
|
||||
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
|
||||
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
|
||||
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
|
||||
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
|
||||
root function must still compute square roots.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
|
||||
it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
|
||||
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
|
||||
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
|
||||
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
|
||||
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
|
||||
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
|
||||
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
|
||||
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
|
||||
these notices.
|
||||
^L
|
||||
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
|
||||
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
|
||||
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
|
||||
the Library into a program that is not a library.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
|
||||
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
|
||||
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
|
||||
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
|
||||
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
|
||||
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
|
||||
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
|
||||
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
|
||||
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
|
||||
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
|
||||
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
|
||||
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
|
||||
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
|
||||
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
|
||||
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
|
||||
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
|
||||
|
||||
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
|
||||
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
|
||||
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
|
||||
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
|
||||
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
|
||||
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
|
||||
|
||||
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
|
||||
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
|
||||
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
|
||||
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
|
||||
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
|
||||
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
|
||||
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
|
||||
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
|
||||
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
|
||||
^L
|
||||
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
|
||||
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
|
||||
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
|
||||
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
|
||||
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
|
||||
engineering for debugging such modifications.
|
||||
|
||||
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
|
||||
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
|
||||
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
|
||||
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
|
||||
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
|
||||
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
|
||||
of these things:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
|
||||
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
|
||||
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
|
||||
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
|
||||
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
|
||||
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
|
||||
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
|
||||
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
|
||||
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
|
||||
to use the modified definitions.)
|
||||
|
||||
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
|
||||
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
|
||||
copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
|
||||
rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
|
||||
will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
|
||||
the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
|
||||
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
|
||||
least three years, to give the same user the materials
|
||||
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
|
||||
than the cost of performing this distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
|
||||
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
|
||||
specified materials from the same place.
|
||||
|
||||
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
|
||||
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
|
||||
|
||||
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
|
||||
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
|
||||
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
|
||||
the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
|
||||
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
|
||||
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
|
||||
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
|
||||
the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
|
||||
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
|
||||
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
|
||||
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
|
||||
distribute.
|
||||
^L
|
||||
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
|
||||
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
|
||||
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
|
||||
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
|
||||
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
|
||||
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
|
||||
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
|
||||
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
|
||||
Sections above.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
|
||||
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
|
||||
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
|
||||
|
||||
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
|
||||
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
|
||||
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
|
||||
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
|
||||
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
|
||||
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
|
||||
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
|
||||
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Library or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
|
||||
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
|
||||
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
^L
|
||||
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||
apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||
circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License
|
||||
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those
|
||||
countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
|
||||
versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
|
||||
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
|
||||
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
|
||||
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
|
||||
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
|
||||
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
^L
|
||||
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
|
||||
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
|
||||
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
|
||||
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
|
||||
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
|
||||
and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
|
||||
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
|
||||
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
|
||||
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
|
||||
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
|
||||
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
|
||||
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
|
||||
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
|
||||
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
|
||||
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
|
||||
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
|
||||
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
|
||||
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
|
||||
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
|
||||
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
|
||||
DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
^L
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
|
||||
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
|
||||
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms
|
||||
of the ordinary General Public License).
|
||||
|
||||
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.
|
||||
It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most
|
||||
effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should
|
||||
have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full
|
||||
notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it
|
||||
does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
|
||||
MA 02110-1301, USA
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper
|
||||
mail.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or
|
||||
your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
|
||||
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James
|
||||
Random Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
That's all there is to it!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
464
project/jni/intl/libintl.h
Normal file
464
project/jni/intl/libintl.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,464 @@
|
||||
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
|
||||
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
#if (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) && 1
|
||||
# include <xlocale.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
|
||||
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
|
||||
On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
|
||||
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
|
||||
then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
in this case. */
|
||||
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
|
||||
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
|
||||
implementation of gettext. */
|
||||
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
|
||||
maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
|
||||
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
|
||||
((major) == 0 || (major) == 1 ? 1 : -1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
|
||||
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
|
||||
#ifdef __DJGPP__
|
||||
# undef gettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_VERSION 0x001201
|
||||
extern int libintl_version;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
|
||||
necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
|
||||
library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
|
||||
If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
|
||||
definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
|
||||
shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
|
||||
up in the following order:
|
||||
1. in the executable,
|
||||
2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
|
||||
3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
|
||||
command line,
|
||||
4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
|
||||
dlopen()ed.
|
||||
The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
|
||||
either
|
||||
* -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
|
||||
* -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
|
||||
* libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
|
||||
linked to the executable at link time.
|
||||
Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
|
||||
would be unacceptable.
|
||||
|
||||
The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
|
||||
is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
|
||||
C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
|
||||
class methods called 'gettext'. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
|
||||
If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
|
||||
_INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
|
||||
#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
|
||||
# if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 && !(defined __APPLE_CC__ && __APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Auxiliary macros. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
|
||||
# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) declares that the given function may return
|
||||
its n-th argument literally. This enables GCC to warn for example about
|
||||
printf (gettext ("foo %y")). */
|
||||
#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 3 && !(defined __APPLE_CC__ && __APPLE_CC__ > 1 && defined __cplusplus)
|
||||
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (n)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
|
||||
static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define gettext libintl_gettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
|
||||
static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname);
|
||||
static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
|
||||
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset);
|
||||
static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the
|
||||
POSIX/XSI specification.
|
||||
Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only
|
||||
in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h".
|
||||
Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _()
|
||||
or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value
|
||||
of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER
|
||||
# include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <varargs.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined fprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef fprintf
|
||||
#define fprintf libintl_fprintf
|
||||
extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vfprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vfprintf
|
||||
#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf
|
||||
extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined printf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef printf
|
||||
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __BEOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
|
||||
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
|
||||
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
|
||||
mingw does not have a function __printf__.
|
||||
Alternatively, we could have done this redirection only when compiling with
|
||||
__GNUC__, together with a symbol redirection:
|
||||
extern int printf (const char *, ...)
|
||||
__asm__ (#__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__ "libintl_printf");
|
||||
But doing it now would introduce a binary incompatibility with already
|
||||
distributed versions of libintl on these systems. */
|
||||
# define libintl_printf __printf__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define printf libintl_printf
|
||||
extern int printf (const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vprintf
|
||||
#define vprintf libintl_vprintf
|
||||
extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined sprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef sprintf
|
||||
#define sprintf libintl_sprintf
|
||||
extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vsprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vsprintf
|
||||
#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf
|
||||
extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if 1
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined snprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef snprintf
|
||||
#define snprintf libintl_snprintf
|
||||
extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vsnprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vsnprintf
|
||||
#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf
|
||||
extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if 1
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined asprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef asprintf
|
||||
#define asprintf libintl_asprintf
|
||||
extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vasprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vasprintf
|
||||
#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf
|
||||
extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
|
||||
#undef fwprintf
|
||||
#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf
|
||||
extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vfwprintf
|
||||
#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf
|
||||
extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#undef wprintf
|
||||
#define wprintf libintl_wprintf
|
||||
extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vwprintf
|
||||
#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf
|
||||
extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#undef swprintf
|
||||
#define swprintf libintl_swprintf
|
||||
extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vswprintf
|
||||
#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf
|
||||
extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for the locale chosen by the user. */
|
||||
#if (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
|
||||
#undef setlocale
|
||||
#define setlocale libintl_setlocale
|
||||
extern char *setlocale (int, const char *);
|
||||
|
||||
#if 1
|
||||
|
||||
#undef newlocale
|
||||
#define newlocale libintl_newlocale
|
||||
extern locale_t newlocale (int, const char *, locale_t);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for relocatable packages. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
|
||||
extern void
|
||||
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* libintl.h */
|
||||
340
project/jni/intl/src/bindtextdom.c
Normal file
340
project/jni/intl/src/bindtextdom.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006, 2008 Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
|
||||
#ifndef offsetof
|
||||
# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
|
||||
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
# ifndef strdup
|
||||
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
|
||||
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
|
||||
to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
|
||||
If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
|
||||
modified, only the current value is returned.
|
||||
If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
|
||||
modified nor returned. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct binding *binding;
|
||||
int modified;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some sanity checks. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
*dirnamep = NULL;
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
*codesetp = NULL;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
modified = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
|
||||
if (compare == 0)
|
||||
/* We found it! */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (compare < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It is not in the list. */
|
||||
binding = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (binding != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
|
||||
|
||||
if (dirname == NULL)
|
||||
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
|
||||
*dirnamep = binding->dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
|
||||
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
|
||||
old binding. */
|
||||
char *result = binding->dirname;
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
|
||||
result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (dirname);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
|
||||
free (binding->dirname);
|
||||
|
||||
binding->dirname = result;
|
||||
modified = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*dirnamep = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (codeset == NULL)
|
||||
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
|
||||
*codesetp = binding->codeset;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
|
||||
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
|
||||
old binding. */
|
||||
char *result = binding->codeset;
|
||||
if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (codeset);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (binding->codeset);
|
||||
|
||||
binding->codeset = result;
|
||||
modified = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*codesetp = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
|
||||
&& (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Simply return the default values. */
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
*codesetp = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We have to create a new binding. */
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
|
||||
struct binding *new_binding =
|
||||
(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
|
||||
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
|
||||
|
||||
if (dirname == NULL)
|
||||
/* The default value. */
|
||||
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
|
||||
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *result;
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (dirname);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_dirname;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_dirname;
|
||||
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
dirname = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*dirnamep = dirname;
|
||||
new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* The default value. */
|
||||
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (codeset != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *result;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (codeset);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_codeset;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_codeset;
|
||||
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
codeset = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*codesetp = codeset;
|
||||
new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
new_binding->codeset = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now enqueue it. */
|
||||
if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
|
||||
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
_nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
while (binding->next != NULL
|
||||
&& strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
|
||||
binding = binding->next;
|
||||
|
||||
new_binding->next = binding->next;
|
||||
binding->next = new_binding;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
modified = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
|
||||
if (0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
failed_codeset:
|
||||
if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
|
||||
free (new_binding->dirname);
|
||||
failed_dirname:
|
||||
free (new_binding);
|
||||
failed:
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
*dirnamep = NULL;
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
*codesetp = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
|
||||
if (modified)
|
||||
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
|
||||
return (char *) dirname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
|
||||
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
|
||||
return (char *) codeset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
|
||||
weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
1271
project/jni/intl/src/config.h
Normal file
1271
project/jni/intl/src/config.h
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
56
project/jni/intl/src/dcgettext.c
Normal file
56
project/jni/intl/src/dcgettext.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
INTDEF(__dcgettext)
|
||||
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
1707
project/jni/intl/src/dcigettext.c
Normal file
1707
project/jni/intl/src/dcigettext.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
57
project/jni/intl/src/dcngettext.c
Normal file
57
project/jni/intl/src/dcngettext.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
|
||||
int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
58
project/jni/intl/src/dgettext.c
Normal file
58
project/jni/intl/src/dgettext.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
59
project/jni/intl/src/dngettext.c
Normal file
59
project/jni/intl/src/dngettext.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
108
project/jni/intl/src/eval-plural.h
Normal file
108
project/jni/intl/src/eval-plural.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
|
||||
/* Plural expression evaluation.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef STATIC
|
||||
#define STATIC static
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
unsigned long int
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
plural_eval (const struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (pexp->nargs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
switch (pexp->operation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case var:
|
||||
return n;
|
||||
case num:
|
||||
return pexp->val.num;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
|
||||
unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
|
||||
return ! arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
|
||||
if (pexp->operation == lor)
|
||||
return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
|
||||
else if (pexp->operation == land)
|
||||
return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (pexp->operation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case mult:
|
||||
return leftarg * rightarg;
|
||||
case divide:
|
||||
#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
|
||||
if (rightarg == 0)
|
||||
raise (SIGFPE);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return leftarg / rightarg;
|
||||
case module:
|
||||
#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
|
||||
if (rightarg == 0)
|
||||
raise (SIGFPE);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return leftarg % rightarg;
|
||||
case plus:
|
||||
return leftarg + rightarg;
|
||||
case minus:
|
||||
return leftarg - rightarg;
|
||||
case less_than:
|
||||
return leftarg < rightarg;
|
||||
case greater_than:
|
||||
return leftarg > rightarg;
|
||||
case less_or_equal:
|
||||
return leftarg <= rightarg;
|
||||
case greater_or_equal:
|
||||
return leftarg >= rightarg;
|
||||
case equal:
|
||||
return leftarg == rightarg;
|
||||
case not_equal:
|
||||
return leftarg != rightarg;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
|
||||
unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
|
||||
return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
135
project/jni/intl/src/explodename.c
Normal file
135
project/jni/intl/src/explodename.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
|
||||
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define NULL 0
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
|
||||
rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
|
||||
i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */
|
||||
static char *_nl_find_language (const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
_nl_find_language (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '.')
|
||||
++name;
|
||||
|
||||
return (char *) name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
_nl_explode_name (char *name,
|
||||
const char **language, const char **modifier,
|
||||
const char **territory, const char **codeset,
|
||||
const char **normalized_codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
int mask;
|
||||
|
||||
*modifier = NULL;
|
||||
*territory = NULL;
|
||||
*codeset = NULL;
|
||||
*normalized_codeset = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
|
||||
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */
|
||||
mask = 0;
|
||||
*language = cp = name;
|
||||
cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
|
||||
|
||||
if (*language == cp)
|
||||
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
|
||||
this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
|
||||
cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '_')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is the territory. */
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
*territory = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@')
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
mask |= XPG_TERRITORY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '.')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is the codeset. */
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
*codeset = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
mask |= XPG_CODESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
*normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
|
||||
cp - *codeset);
|
||||
if (*normalized_codeset == NULL)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
else if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
|
||||
free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
|
||||
else
|
||||
mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '@')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is the modifier. */
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
*modifier = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
|
||||
mask &= ~XPG_TERRITORY;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
|
||||
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
|
||||
|
||||
return mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
6
project/jni/intl/src/export.h
Normal file
6
project/jni/intl/src/export.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#if @HAVE_VISIBILITY@ && BUILDING_LIBINTL
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
212
project/jni/intl/src/finddomain.c
Normal file
212
project/jni/intl/src/finddomain.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
|
||||
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
/* List of already loaded domains. */
|
||||
static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
|
||||
the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
|
||||
established bindings. */
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
|
||||
const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
|
||||
const char *language;
|
||||
const char *modifier;
|
||||
const char *territory;
|
||||
const char *codeset;
|
||||
const char *normalized_codeset;
|
||||
const char *alias_value;
|
||||
int mask;
|
||||
|
||||
/* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
|
||||
|
||||
language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
|
||||
|
||||
Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
|
||||
the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
|
||||
looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
|
||||
the following order:
|
||||
(1) codeset
|
||||
(2) normalized codeset
|
||||
(3) territory
|
||||
(4) modifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, lock);
|
||||
gl_rwlock_rdlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
|
||||
be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
|
||||
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
|
||||
strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
|
||||
NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We know something about this locale. */
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->decided <= 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->data != NULL)
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
|
||||
*overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
|
||||
done. */
|
||||
alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
|
||||
if (alias_value != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
locale = strdup (alias_value);
|
||||
if (locale == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
|
||||
locale = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (locale == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
|
||||
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */
|
||||
mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
|
||||
&codeset, &normalized_codeset);
|
||||
if (mask == -1)
|
||||
/* This means we are out of core. */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */
|
||||
gl_rwlock_wrlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
|
||||
generalization. */
|
||||
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
|
||||
strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
|
||||
codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier,
|
||||
domainname, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||
/* This means we are out of core. */
|
||||
goto out;
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->decided <= 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
|
||||
if (retval->data == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
|
||||
if (alias_value != NULL)
|
||||
free (locale);
|
||||
|
||||
out:
|
||||
/* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
|
||||
if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
|
||||
free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* This is called from iconv/gconv_db.c's free_mem, as locales must
|
||||
be freed before freeing gconv steps arrays. */
|
||||
void __libc_freeres_fn_section
|
||||
_nl_finddomain_subfreeres ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
|
||||
|
||||
while (runp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
|
||||
if (runp->data != NULL)
|
||||
_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
|
||||
runp = runp->next;
|
||||
free ((char *) here->filename);
|
||||
free (here);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
63
project/jni/intl/src/gettext.c
Normal file
63
project/jni/intl/src/gettext.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __need_NULL
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define GETTEXT __gettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
GETTEXT (const char *msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
311
project/jni/intl/src/gettextP.h
Normal file
311
project/jni/intl/src/gettextP.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
|
||||
/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
|
||||
#define _GETTEXTP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
# include <iconv.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid);
|
||||
extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
|
||||
extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category);
|
||||
extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n);
|
||||
extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int n);
|
||||
extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category);
|
||||
extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
|
||||
int __category);
|
||||
extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname);
|
||||
extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname);
|
||||
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset);
|
||||
extern void _nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void) attribute_hidden;
|
||||
extern void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain)
|
||||
internal_function attribute_hidden;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
|
||||
call them under their real name. */
|
||||
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
extern char *gl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
|
||||
int __category,
|
||||
const char *__localename, const char *__encoding);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
|
||||
int __category);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef attribute_hidden
|
||||
# define attribute_hidden
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
|
||||
almost always true or almost always false. */
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
|
||||
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef W
|
||||
# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <byteswap.h>
|
||||
# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
static inline nls_uint32
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
SWAP (nls_uint32 i)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
SWAP (i)
|
||||
nls_uint32 i;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */
|
||||
struct sysdep_string_desc
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
/* Pointer to addressed string. */
|
||||
const char *pointer;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Cache of translated strings after charset conversion.
|
||||
Note: The strings are converted to the target encoding only on an as-needed
|
||||
basis. */
|
||||
struct converted_domain
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The target encoding name. */
|
||||
const char *encoding;
|
||||
/* The descriptor for conversion from the message catalog's encoding to
|
||||
this target encoding. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
__gconv_t conv;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
iconv_t conv;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* The table of translated strings after charset conversion. */
|
||||
char **conv_tab;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
|
||||
struct loaded_domain
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */
|
||||
const char *data;
|
||||
/* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */
|
||||
int use_mmap;
|
||||
/* Size of mmap()ed memory. */
|
||||
size_t mmap_size;
|
||||
/* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */
|
||||
int must_swap;
|
||||
/* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */
|
||||
void *malloced;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of static strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */
|
||||
const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */
|
||||
const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */
|
||||
const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */
|
||||
const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Size of hash table. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_size;
|
||||
/* Pointer to hash table. */
|
||||
const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
|
||||
/* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */
|
||||
int must_swap_hash_tab;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Cache of charset conversions of the translated strings. */
|
||||
struct converted_domain *conversions;
|
||||
size_t nconversions;
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define (, conversions_lock)
|
||||
|
||||
const struct expression *plural;
|
||||
unsigned long int nplurals;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
|
||||
doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define ZERO 0
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define ZERO 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
|
||||
from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
|
||||
struct binding
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct binding *next;
|
||||
char *dirname;
|
||||
char *codeset;
|
||||
char domainname[ZERO];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
|
||||
become invalid.
|
||||
This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
# include <glocale/config.h>
|
||||
extern LIBGLOCALE_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_language_preferences_default (void);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_canonicalize _nl_locale_name_canonicalize
|
||||
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID
|
||||
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (LANGID langid); */
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID
|
||||
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (LCID lcid); */
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_thread_unsafe _nl_locale_name_thread_unsafe
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_thread_unsafe (int category,
|
||||
const char *categoryname);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_thread _nl_locale_name_thread
|
||||
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_thread (int category,
|
||||
const char *categoryname); */
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_posix _nl_locale_name_posix
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_posix (int category,
|
||||
const char *categoryname);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_environ _nl_locale_name_environ
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_environ (int category,
|
||||
const char *categoryname);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_default _nl_locale_name_default
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_default (void);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name _nl_locale_name
|
||||
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name (int category,
|
||||
const char *categoryname); */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale,
|
||||
const char *__domainname,
|
||||
struct binding *__domainbinding)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
|
||||
struct binding *__domainbinding)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
|
||||
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding,
|
||||
const char *msgid,
|
||||
size_t *lengthp)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
|
||||
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid,
|
||||
int convert, size_t *lengthp)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
|
||||
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
|
||||
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
|
||||
#if !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
|
||||
# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
|
||||
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
|
||||
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
|
||||
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
|
||||
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
|
||||
#if !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
|
||||
# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of the default text domain. */
|
||||
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* gettextP.h */
|
||||
152
project/jni/intl/src/gmo.h
Normal file
152
project/jni/intl/src/gmo.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
|
||||
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
|
||||
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
|
||||
#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
|
||||
#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
|
||||
|
||||
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
|
||||
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
|
||||
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
|
||||
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
|
||||
alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
|
||||
as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
|
||||
when cross-compiling. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if __STDC__
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
|
||||
This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
|
||||
that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
|
||||
(that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UINT_MAX
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
|
||||
not portable enough. */
|
||||
"Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
|
||||
struct mo_file_header
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The magic number. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 magic;
|
||||
/* The revision number of the file format. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 revision;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The number of strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Size of hash table. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
|
||||
/* Offset of first hash table entry. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The number of system dependent segments. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
|
||||
/* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
|
||||
/* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */
|
||||
struct string_desc
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 length;
|
||||
/* Offset of string in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */
|
||||
struct sysdep_segment
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 length;
|
||||
/* Offset of string in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pair of a static and a system dependent segment, in struct sysdep_string. */
|
||||
struct segment_pair
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Size of static segment. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 segsize;
|
||||
/* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 sysdepref;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */
|
||||
struct sysdep_string
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Offset of static string segments in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
/* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
|
||||
The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
struct segment_pair segments[1];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
|
||||
regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */
|
||||
#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* gettext.h */
|
||||
51
project/jni/intl/src/hash-string.c
Normal file
51
project/jni/intl/src/hash-string.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
/* Implements a string hashing function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "hash-string.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
|
||||
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
|
||||
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
|
||||
unsigned long int
|
||||
__hash_string (const char *str_param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int hval, g;
|
||||
const char *str = str_param;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
|
||||
hval = 0;
|
||||
while (*str != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
hval <<= 4;
|
||||
hval += (unsigned char) *str++;
|
||||
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
|
||||
if (g != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
|
||||
hval ^= g;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return hval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
36
project/jni/intl/src/hash-string.h
Normal file
36
project/jni/intl/src/hash-string.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2000-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
|
||||
#define HASHWORDBITS 32
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
# ifdef IN_LIBINTL
|
||||
# define __hash_string libintl_hash_string
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define __hash_string hash_string
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
|
||||
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
|
||||
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
|
||||
extern unsigned long int __hash_string (const char *str_param);
|
||||
133
project/jni/intl/src/intl-compat.c
Normal file
133
project/jni/intl/src/intl-compat.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
|
||||
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
|
||||
Library.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003, 2005 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those
|
||||
defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix).
|
||||
It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test
|
||||
of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which
|
||||
has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file.
|
||||
It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used
|
||||
as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra
|
||||
features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#undef gettext
|
||||
#undef dgettext
|
||||
#undef dcgettext
|
||||
#undef ngettext
|
||||
#undef dngettext
|
||||
#undef dcngettext
|
||||
#undef textdomain
|
||||
#undef bindtextdomain
|
||||
#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
|
||||
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
|
||||
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
gettext (const char *msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_gettext (msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dngettext (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dcngettext (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
|
||||
int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
textdomain (const char *domainname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
36
project/jni/intl/src/intl-exports.c
Normal file
36
project/jni/intl/src/intl-exports.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
/* List of exported symbols of libintl on Cygwin.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* IMP(x) is a symbol that contains the address of x. */
|
||||
#define IMP(x) _imp__##x
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure that the variable x is exported from the library, and that a
|
||||
pseudo-variable IMP(x) is available. */
|
||||
#define VARIABLE(x) \
|
||||
/* Export x without redefining x. This code was found by compiling a \
|
||||
snippet: \
|
||||
extern __declspec(dllexport) int x; int x = 42; */ \
|
||||
asm (".section .drectve\n"); \
|
||||
asm (".ascii \" -export:" #x ",data\"\n"); \
|
||||
asm (".data\n"); \
|
||||
/* Allocate a pseudo-variable IMP(x). */ \
|
||||
extern int x; \
|
||||
void * IMP(x) = &x;
|
||||
|
||||
VARIABLE(libintl_version)
|
||||
400
project/jni/intl/src/l10nflist.c
Normal file
400
project/jni/intl/src/l10nflist.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
|
||||
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
|
||||
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
|
||||
# include <argz.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
|
||||
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define NULL 0
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||
# ifndef stpcpy
|
||||
# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pathname support.
|
||||
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
|
||||
IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
|
||||
it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
|
||||
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
|
||||
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
|
||||
&& (P)[1] == ':')
|
||||
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Unix */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
|
||||
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define function which are usually not available. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
|
||||
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT
|
||||
# undef __argz_count
|
||||
# define __argz_count argz_count
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
|
||||
static size_t
|
||||
argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count = 0;
|
||||
while (len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
|
||||
argz += part_len + 1;
|
||||
len -= part_len + 1;
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
# undef __argz_count
|
||||
# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
|
||||
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
|
||||
INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
|
||||
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY
|
||||
# undef __argz_stringify
|
||||
# define __argz_stringify argz_stringify
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
|
||||
except the last into the character SEP. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
|
||||
argz += part_len;
|
||||
len -= part_len + 1;
|
||||
if (len > 0)
|
||||
*argz++ = sep;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
# undef __argz_stringify
|
||||
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
|
||||
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT
|
||||
# undef __argz_next
|
||||
# define __argz_next argz_next
|
||||
#else
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (entry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (entry < argz + argz_len)
|
||||
entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
|
||||
|
||||
return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (argz_len > 0)
|
||||
return argz;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
# undef __argz_next
|
||||
# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
|
||||
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return number of bits set in X. */
|
||||
static inline int
|
||||
pop (int x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
|
||||
x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
|
||||
x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
|
||||
x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
|
||||
x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
|
||||
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||
_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
|
||||
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len,
|
||||
int mask, const char *language, const char *territory,
|
||||
const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
|
||||
const char *modifier,
|
||||
const char *filename, int do_allocate)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *abs_filename;
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
size_t dirlist_count;
|
||||
size_t entries;
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore
|
||||
DIRLIST. */
|
||||
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language))
|
||||
dirlist_len = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
|
||||
abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
|
||||
+ strlen (language)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
|
||||
+ 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (abs_filename == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Construct file name. */
|
||||
cp = abs_filename;
|
||||
if (dirlist_len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len);
|
||||
__argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
|
||||
cp += dirlist_len;
|
||||
cp[-1] = '/';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '_';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '.';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '.';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '@';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*cp++ = '/';
|
||||
stpcpy (cp, filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
|
||||
available. */
|
||||
lastp = l10nfile_list;
|
||||
for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
|
||||
if (retval->filename != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
|
||||
if (compare == 0)
|
||||
/* We found it! */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (compare < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It's not in the list. */
|
||||
retval = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lastp = &retval->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (abs_filename);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */
|
||||
retval =
|
||||
(struct loaded_l10nfile *)
|
||||
malloc (sizeof (*retval)
|
||||
+ (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
|
||||
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
|
||||
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (abs_filename);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
retval->filename = abs_filename;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later.
|
||||
Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not
|
||||
correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth
|
||||
looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */
|
||||
retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1
|
||||
|| ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
|
||||
&& (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
|
||||
retval->data = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
retval->next = *lastp;
|
||||
*lastp = retval;
|
||||
|
||||
entries = 0;
|
||||
/* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL.
|
||||
If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL
|
||||
entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains
|
||||
colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and
|
||||
across all bit patterns dominated by MASK.
|
||||
If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e.
|
||||
DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by
|
||||
MASK, excluding MASK itself.
|
||||
In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect
|
||||
that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order:
|
||||
first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the
|
||||
normalized_codeset. */
|
||||
for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
|
||||
if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
|
||||
&& !((cnt & XPG_CODESET) != 0 && (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dirlist_count > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
|
||||
char *dir = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
|
||||
!= NULL)
|
||||
retval->successor[entries++]
|
||||
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
|
||||
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
|
||||
normalized_codeset, modifier, filename,
|
||||
1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval->successor[entries++]
|
||||
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
|
||||
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
|
||||
normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
|
||||
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
|
||||
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
|
||||
freed by the caller. */
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t len = 0;
|
||||
int only_digit = 1;
|
||||
char *retval;
|
||||
char *wp;
|
||||
size_t cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
|
||||
if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
++len;
|
||||
|
||||
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
only_digit = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (only_digit)
|
||||
wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
|
||||
else
|
||||
wp = retval;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
|
||||
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
*wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
|
||||
else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
*wp++ = codeset[cnt];
|
||||
|
||||
*wp = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (const char *) retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
|
||||
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
|
||||
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
to be defined. */
|
||||
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
|
||||
/* Do nothing. */ ;
|
||||
return dest - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
355
project/jni/intl/src/langprefs.c
Normal file
355
project/jni/intl/src/langprefs.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
|
||||
/* Determine the user's language preferences.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.
|
||||
Win32 code originally by Michele Cicciotti <hackbunny@reactos.com>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPropertyList.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFArray.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h>
|
||||
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
|
||||
# define WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME
|
||||
# define MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME 8
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW
|
||||
# define STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW 0x80000005
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (LANGID langid);
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (LCID lcid);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the preferences list through the MUI APIs. This works on Windows Vista
|
||||
and newer. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_win32_mui (HMODULE kernel32)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* DWORD GetUserPreferredUILanguages (ULONG dwFlags,
|
||||
PULONG pulNumLanguages,
|
||||
PWSTR pwszLanguagesBuffer,
|
||||
PULONG pcchLanguagesBuffer); */
|
||||
typedef DWORD (WINAPI *GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func) (ULONG, PULONG, PWSTR, PULONG);
|
||||
GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages;
|
||||
|
||||
p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages =
|
||||
(GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func)
|
||||
GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetUserPreferredUILanguages");
|
||||
if (p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ULONG num_languages;
|
||||
ULONG bufsize;
|
||||
DWORD ret;
|
||||
|
||||
bufsize = 0;
|
||||
ret = p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages (MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME,
|
||||
&num_languages,
|
||||
NULL, &bufsize);
|
||||
if (ret == 0
|
||||
&& GetLastError () == STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW
|
||||
&& bufsize > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WCHAR *buffer = (WCHAR *) malloc (bufsize * sizeof (WCHAR));
|
||||
if (buffer != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ret = p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages (MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME,
|
||||
&num_languages,
|
||||
buffer, &bufsize);
|
||||
if (ret)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Convert the list from NUL-delimited WCHAR[] Win32 locale
|
||||
names to colon-delimited char[] Unix locale names.
|
||||
We assume that all these locale names are in ASCII,
|
||||
nonempty and contain no colons. */
|
||||
char *languages =
|
||||
(char *) malloc (bufsize + num_languages * 10 + 1);
|
||||
if (languages != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const WCHAR *p = buffer;
|
||||
char *q = languages;
|
||||
ULONG i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < num_languages; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *q1;
|
||||
char *q2;
|
||||
|
||||
q1 = q;
|
||||
if (i > 0)
|
||||
*q++ = ':';
|
||||
q2 = q;
|
||||
for (; *p != (WCHAR)'\0'; p++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((unsigned char) *p != *p || *p == ':')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* A non-ASCII character or a colon inside
|
||||
the Win32 locale name! Punt. */
|
||||
q = q1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*q++ = (unsigned char) *p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (q == q1)
|
||||
/* An unexpected Win32 locale name occurred. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
*q = '\0';
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (q2);
|
||||
q = q2 + strlen (q2);
|
||||
p++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*q = '\0';
|
||||
if (q > languages)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (buffer);
|
||||
return languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (languages);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (buffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get a preference. This works on Windows ME and newer. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_win32_ME (HMODULE kernel32)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* LANGID GetUserDefaultUILanguage (void); */
|
||||
typedef LANGID (WINAPI *GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func) (void);
|
||||
GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage;
|
||||
|
||||
p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage =
|
||||
(GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func)
|
||||
GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetUserDefaultUILanguage");
|
||||
if (p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage != NULL)
|
||||
return _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage ());
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get a preference. This works on Windows 95 and newer. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_win32_95 ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
HKEY desktop_resource_locale_key;
|
||||
|
||||
if (RegOpenKeyExA (HKEY_CURRENT_USER,
|
||||
"Control Panel\\Desktop\\ResourceLocale",
|
||||
0, KEY_QUERY_VALUE, &desktop_resource_locale_key)
|
||||
== NO_ERROR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DWORD type;
|
||||
char data[8 + 1];
|
||||
DWORD data_size = sizeof (data);
|
||||
DWORD ret;
|
||||
|
||||
ret = RegQueryValueExA (desktop_resource_locale_key, NULL, NULL,
|
||||
&type, data, &data_size);
|
||||
RegCloseKey (desktop_resource_locale_key);
|
||||
|
||||
if (ret == NO_ERROR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We expect a string, at most 8 bytes long, that parses as a
|
||||
hexadecimal number. */
|
||||
if (type == REG_SZ
|
||||
&& data_size <= sizeof (data)
|
||||
&& (data_size < sizeof (data)
|
||||
|| data[sizeof (data) - 1] == '\0'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
LCID lcid;
|
||||
char *endp;
|
||||
/* Ensure it's NUL terminated. */
|
||||
if (data_size < sizeof (data))
|
||||
data[data_size] = '\0';
|
||||
/* Parse it as a hexadecimal number. */
|
||||
lcid = strtoul (data, &endp, 16);
|
||||
if (endp > data && *endp == '\0')
|
||||
return _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (lcid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the system's preference. This can be used as a fallback. */
|
||||
static BOOL CALLBACK
|
||||
ret_first_language (HMODULE h, LPCSTR type, LPCSTR name, WORD lang, LONG_PTR param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(const char **)param = _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (lang);
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_win32_system (HMODULE kernel32)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *languages = NULL;
|
||||
/* Ignore the warning on mingw here. mingw has a wrong definition of the last
|
||||
parameter type of ENUMRESLANGPROC. */
|
||||
EnumResourceLanguages (kernel32, RT_VERSION, MAKEINTRESOURCE (1),
|
||||
ret_first_language, (LONG_PTR)&languages);
|
||||
return languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the user's language preferences, as a colon separated list of
|
||||
locale names in XPG syntax
|
||||
language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
|
||||
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
|
||||
The LANGUAGE environment variable does not need to be considered; it is
|
||||
already taken into account by the caller. */
|
||||
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_default (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Cache the preferences list, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive. */
|
||||
static const char *cached_languages;
|
||||
static int cache_initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!cache_initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFTypeRef preferences =
|
||||
CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLanguages"),
|
||||
kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication);
|
||||
if (preferences != NULL
|
||||
&& CFGetTypeID (preferences) == CFArrayGetTypeID ())
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFArrayRef prefArray = (CFArrayRef)preferences;
|
||||
int n = CFArrayGetCount (prefArray);
|
||||
char buf[256];
|
||||
size_t size = 0;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFTypeRef element = CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
|
||||
if (element != NULL
|
||||
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
|
||||
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
|
||||
buf, sizeof (buf),
|
||||
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
|
||||
{
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
|
||||
size += strlen (buf) + 1;
|
||||
/* Most GNU programs use msgids in English and don't ship
|
||||
an en.mo message catalog. Therefore when we see "en"
|
||||
in the preferences list, arrange for gettext() to
|
||||
return the msgid, and ignore all further elements of
|
||||
the preferences list. */
|
||||
if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (size > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *languages = (char *) malloc (size);
|
||||
|
||||
if (languages != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *p = languages;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFTypeRef element =
|
||||
CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
|
||||
if (element != NULL
|
||||
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
|
||||
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
|
||||
buf, sizeof (buf),
|
||||
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
|
||||
{
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
|
||||
strcpy (p, buf);
|
||||
p += strlen (buf);
|
||||
*p++ = ':';
|
||||
if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*--p = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
cached_languages = languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
cache_initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cached_languages != NULL)
|
||||
return cached_languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Cache the preferences list, since computing it is expensive. */
|
||||
static const char *cached_languages;
|
||||
static int cache_initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Activate the new code only when the GETTEXT_MUI environment variable is
|
||||
set, for the time being, since the new code is not well tested. */
|
||||
if (!cache_initialized && getenv ("GETTEXT_MUI") != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *languages = NULL;
|
||||
HMODULE kernel32 = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
|
||||
|
||||
if (kernel32 != NULL)
|
||||
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_mui (kernel32);
|
||||
|
||||
if (languages == NULL && kernel32 != NULL)
|
||||
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_ME (kernel32);
|
||||
|
||||
if (languages == NULL)
|
||||
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_95 ();
|
||||
|
||||
if (languages == NULL && kernel32 != NULL)
|
||||
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_system (kernel32);
|
||||
|
||||
cached_languages = languages;
|
||||
cache_initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cached_languages != NULL)
|
||||
return cached_languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
470
project/jni/intl/src/libgnuintl.h
Normal file
470
project/jni/intl/src/libgnuintl.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,470 @@
|
||||
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
|
||||
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#if 1 && BUILDING_LIBINTL
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
#if (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) && 1
|
||||
# include <xlocale.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
|
||||
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
|
||||
On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
|
||||
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
|
||||
then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
in this case. */
|
||||
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
|
||||
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
|
||||
implementation of gettext. */
|
||||
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
|
||||
maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
|
||||
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
|
||||
((major) == 0 || (major) == 1 ? 1 : -1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
|
||||
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
|
||||
#ifdef __DJGPP__
|
||||
# undef gettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_VERSION 0x001201
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_version;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
|
||||
necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
|
||||
library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
|
||||
If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
|
||||
definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
|
||||
shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
|
||||
up in the following order:
|
||||
1. in the executable,
|
||||
2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
|
||||
3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
|
||||
command line,
|
||||
4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
|
||||
dlopen()ed.
|
||||
The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
|
||||
either
|
||||
* -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
|
||||
* -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
|
||||
* libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
|
||||
linked to the executable at link time.
|
||||
Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
|
||||
would be unacceptable.
|
||||
|
||||
The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
|
||||
is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
|
||||
C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
|
||||
class methods called 'gettext'. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
|
||||
If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
|
||||
_INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
|
||||
#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
|
||||
# if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 && !(defined __APPLE_CC__ && __APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Auxiliary macros. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
|
||||
# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) declares that the given function may return
|
||||
its n-th argument literally. This enables GCC to warn for example about
|
||||
printf (gettext ("foo %y")). */
|
||||
#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 3 && !(defined __APPLE_CC__ && __APPLE_CC__ > 1 && defined __cplusplus)
|
||||
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (n)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
|
||||
static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define gettext libintl_gettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *dngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
|
||||
static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname);
|
||||
static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
|
||||
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset);
|
||||
static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the
|
||||
POSIX/XSI specification.
|
||||
Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only
|
||||
in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h".
|
||||
Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _()
|
||||
or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value
|
||||
of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER
|
||||
# include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <varargs.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined fprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef fprintf
|
||||
#define fprintf libintl_fprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vfprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vfprintf
|
||||
#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined printf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef printf
|
||||
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __BEOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
|
||||
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
|
||||
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
|
||||
mingw does not have a function __printf__.
|
||||
Alternatively, we could have done this redirection only when compiling with
|
||||
__GNUC__, together with a symbol redirection:
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int printf (const char *, ...)
|
||||
__asm__ (#__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__ "libintl_printf");
|
||||
But doing it now would introduce a binary incompatibility with already
|
||||
distributed versions of libintl on these systems. */
|
||||
# define libintl_printf __printf__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define printf libintl_printf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int printf (const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vprintf
|
||||
#define vprintf libintl_vprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int vprintf (const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined sprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef sprintf
|
||||
#define sprintf libintl_sprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vsprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vsprintf
|
||||
#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if 1
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined snprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef snprintf
|
||||
#define snprintf libintl_snprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vsnprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vsnprintf
|
||||
#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if 1
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined asprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef asprintf
|
||||
#define asprintf libintl_asprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vasprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vasprintf
|
||||
#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
|
||||
#undef fwprintf
|
||||
#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vfwprintf
|
||||
#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#undef wprintf
|
||||
#define wprintf libintl_wprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vwprintf
|
||||
#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#undef swprintf
|
||||
#define swprintf libintl_swprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vswprintf
|
||||
#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for the locale chosen by the user. */
|
||||
#if (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
|
||||
#undef setlocale
|
||||
#define setlocale libintl_setlocale
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED char *setlocale (int, const char *);
|
||||
|
||||
#if 1
|
||||
|
||||
#undef newlocale
|
||||
#define newlocale libintl_newlocale
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED locale_t newlocale (int, const char *, locale_t);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for relocatable packages. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED void
|
||||
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* libintl.h */
|
||||
132
project/jni/intl/src/loadinfo.h
Normal file
132
project/jni/intl/src/loadinfo.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
|
||||
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
|
||||
#define _LOADINFO_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
|
||||
Implemented in
|
||||
|
||||
localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another.
|
||||
explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields.
|
||||
l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
|
||||
finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
|
||||
|
||||
The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
|
||||
in gettextP.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
# define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
|
||||
almost always true or almost always false. */
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
|
||||
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
|
||||
#if ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__) || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Unix */
|
||||
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
|
||||
#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 1
|
||||
#define XPG_CODESET 2
|
||||
#define XPG_TERRITORY 4
|
||||
#define XPG_MODIFIER 8
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *filename;
|
||||
int decided;
|
||||
|
||||
const void *data;
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
|
||||
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
|
||||
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
|
||||
freed by the caller. */
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset,
|
||||
size_t name_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
|
||||
*L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
|
||||
files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
|
||||
DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
|
||||
look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
|
||||
MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER
|
||||
are the pieces of the locale name, as produced by _nl_explode_name().
|
||||
FILENAME is the filename suffix.
|
||||
The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
|
||||
or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
|
||||
If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
|
||||
its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and
|
||||
furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
|
||||
results from which this lookup result inherits. */
|
||||
extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||
_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
|
||||
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
|
||||
const char *language, const char *territory,
|
||||
const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
|
||||
const char *modifier,
|
||||
const char *filename, int do_allocate);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
|
||||
NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
|
||||
The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */
|
||||
/* Part of the libintl ABI only for the sake of the gettext.m4 macro. */
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
|
||||
territory, codeset.
|
||||
NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
|
||||
there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
|
||||
*CODESET gets assigned either a pointer into the old NAME string, or
|
||||
NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it
|
||||
is different from *CODESET; this one is dynamically allocated and has
|
||||
to be freed by the caller.
|
||||
The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
|
||||
filled-in value:
|
||||
XPG_MODIFIER for *MODIFIER,
|
||||
XPG_TERRITORY for *TERRITORY,
|
||||
XPG_CODESET for *CODESET,
|
||||
XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language,
|
||||
const char **modifier, const char **territory,
|
||||
const char **codeset,
|
||||
const char **normalized_codeset);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* loadinfo.h */
|
||||
1334
project/jni/intl/src/loadmsgcat.c
Normal file
1334
project/jni/intl/src/loadmsgcat.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
549
project/jni/intl/src/localcharset.c
Normal file
549
project/jni/intl/src/localcharset.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,549 @@
|
||||
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2006, 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "localcharset.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
# define DARWIN7 /* Darwin 7 or newer, i.e. MacOS X 10.3 or newer */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
|
||||
# define WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __EMX__
|
||||
/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */
|
||||
# ifndef OS2
|
||||
# define OS2
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
# include <langinfo.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if 0 /* see comment below */
|
||||
# include <locale.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined OS2
|
||||
# define INCL_DOS
|
||||
# include <os2.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
# include "relocatable.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get LIBDIR. */
|
||||
#ifndef LIBDIR
|
||||
# include "configmake.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define O_NOFOLLOW to 0 on platforms where it does not exist. */
|
||||
#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
|
||||
# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
|
||||
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ISSLASH
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
|
||||
# undef getc
|
||||
# define getc getc_unlocked
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
|
||||
possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
|
||||
are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
|
||||
'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
|
||||
and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
|
||||
are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
|
||||
#if __STDC__ != 1
|
||||
# define volatile /* empty */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
|
||||
read, else NULL. Its format is:
|
||||
ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
|
||||
static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
get_charset_aliases (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *cp;
|
||||
|
||||
cp = charset_aliases;
|
||||
if (cp == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if !(defined DARWIN7 || defined VMS || defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__)
|
||||
const char *dir;
|
||||
const char *base = "charset.alias";
|
||||
char *file_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make it possible to override the charset.alias location. This is
|
||||
necessary for running the testsuite before "make install". */
|
||||
dir = getenv ("CHARSETALIASDIR");
|
||||
if (dir == NULL || dir[0] == '\0')
|
||||
dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
|
||||
size_t base_len = strlen (base);
|
||||
int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
|
||||
file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
|
||||
if (file_name != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
|
||||
if (add_slash)
|
||||
file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
|
||||
memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (file_name == NULL)
|
||||
/* Out of memory. Treat the file as empty. */
|
||||
cp = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Open the file. Reject symbolic links on platforms that support
|
||||
O_NOFOLLOW. This is a security feature. Without it, an attacker
|
||||
could retrieve parts of the contents (namely, the tail of the
|
||||
first line that starts with "* ") of an arbitrary file by placing
|
||||
a symbolic link to that file under the name "charset.alias" in
|
||||
some writable directory and defining the environment variable
|
||||
CHARSETALIASDIR to point to that directory. */
|
||||
fd = open (file_name,
|
||||
O_RDONLY | (HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW ? O_NOFOLLOW : 0));
|
||||
if (fd < 0)
|
||||
/* File not found. Treat it as empty. */
|
||||
cp = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
|
||||
fp = fdopen (fd, "r");
|
||||
if (fp == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Out of memory. Treat the file as empty. */
|
||||
close (fd);
|
||||
cp = "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Parse the file's contents. */
|
||||
char *res_ptr = NULL;
|
||||
size_t res_size = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
char buf1[50+1];
|
||||
char buf2[50+1];
|
||||
size_t l1, l2;
|
||||
char *old_res_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
c = getc (fp);
|
||||
if (c == EOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (c == '#')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Skip comment, to end of line. */
|
||||
do
|
||||
c = getc (fp);
|
||||
while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
|
||||
if (c == EOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ungetc (c, fp);
|
||||
if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
l1 = strlen (buf1);
|
||||
l2 = strlen (buf2);
|
||||
old_res_ptr = res_ptr;
|
||||
if (res_size == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
|
||||
res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
|
||||
res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (res_ptr == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */
|
||||
res_size = 0;
|
||||
if (old_res_ptr != NULL)
|
||||
free (old_res_ptr);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
|
||||
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fclose (fp);
|
||||
if (res_size == 0)
|
||||
cp = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
|
||||
cp = res_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free (file_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined DARWIN7
|
||||
/* To avoid the trouble of installing a file that is shared by many
|
||||
GNU packages -- many packaging systems have problems with this --,
|
||||
simply inline the aliases here. */
|
||||
cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-4" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-13" "\0" "ISO-8859-13" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-15" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
|
||||
"KOI8-R" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
|
||||
"KOI8-U" "\0" "KOI8-U" "\0"
|
||||
"CP866" "\0" "CP866" "\0"
|
||||
"CP949" "\0" "CP949" "\0"
|
||||
"CP1131" "\0" "CP1131" "\0"
|
||||
"CP1251" "\0" "CP1251" "\0"
|
||||
"eucCN" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
"GB2312" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
"eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
|
||||
"eucKR" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
|
||||
"Big5" "\0" "BIG5" "\0"
|
||||
"Big5HKSCS" "\0" "BIG5-HKSCS" "\0"
|
||||
"GBK" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
|
||||
"GB18030" "\0" "GB18030" "\0"
|
||||
"SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
|
||||
"ARMSCII-8" "\0" "ARMSCII-8" "\0"
|
||||
"PT154" "\0" "PT154" "\0"
|
||||
/*"ISCII-DEV" "\0" "?" "\0"*/
|
||||
"*" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0";
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined VMS
|
||||
/* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
|
||||
sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */
|
||||
/* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
|
||||
"Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
|
||||
section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */
|
||||
cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
|
||||
/* Japanese */
|
||||
"eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
|
||||
"SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
|
||||
"DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
|
||||
"SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
|
||||
/* Chinese */
|
||||
"eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
|
||||
"DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
|
||||
"DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
/* Korean */
|
||||
"DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
/* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
|
||||
directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
|
||||
runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
|
||||
|
||||
cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
|
||||
"CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
|
||||
"CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
|
||||
"CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
|
||||
"CP20936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
"CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
|
||||
"CP38598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
|
||||
"CP51932" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
|
||||
"CP51936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
"CP51949" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
|
||||
"CP51950" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
|
||||
"CP54936" "\0" "GB18030" "\0"
|
||||
"CP65001" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0";
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
charset_aliases = cp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return cp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
|
||||
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
|
||||
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
|
||||
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
|
||||
name. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
locale_charset (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *codeset;
|
||||
const char *aliases;
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined OS2)
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
|
||||
/* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
|
||||
codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
|
||||
/* Cygwin < 1.7 does not have locales. nl_langinfo (CODESET) always
|
||||
returns "US-ASCII". Return the suffix of the locale name from the
|
||||
environment variables (if present) or the codepage as a number. */
|
||||
if (codeset != NULL && strcmp (codeset, "US-ASCII") == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *locale;
|
||||
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return
|
||||
it. */
|
||||
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
|
||||
|
||||
if (dot != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *modifier;
|
||||
|
||||
dot++;
|
||||
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
|
||||
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
|
||||
if (modifier == NULL)
|
||||
return dot;
|
||||
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
|
||||
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
|
||||
return buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number:
|
||||
GetACP(). This encoding is used by Cygwin, unless the user has set
|
||||
the environment variable CYGWIN=codepage:oem (which very few people
|
||||
do).
|
||||
Output directed to console windows needs to be converted (to
|
||||
GetOEMCP() if the console is using a raster font, or to
|
||||
GetConsoleOutputCP() if it is using a TrueType font). Cygwin does
|
||||
this conversion transparently (see winsup/cygwin/fhandler_console.cc),
|
||||
converting to GetConsoleOutputCP(). This leads to correct results,
|
||||
except when SetConsoleOutputCP has been called and a raster font is
|
||||
in use. */
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
|
||||
codeset = buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
/* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
|
||||
const char *locale = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
|
||||
(like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
|
||||
use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
|
||||
locale name the user has set. */
|
||||
# if 0
|
||||
locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
|
||||
you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
|
||||
through the charset.alias file. */
|
||||
codeset = locale;
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
|
||||
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number:
|
||||
GetACP().
|
||||
When the output goes to a console window, it needs to be provided in
|
||||
GetOEMCP() encoding if the console is using a raster font, or in
|
||||
GetConsoleOutputCP() encoding if it is using a TrueType font.
|
||||
But in GUI programs and for output sent to files and pipes, GetACP()
|
||||
encoding is the best bet. */
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
|
||||
codeset = buf;
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined OS2
|
||||
|
||||
const char *locale;
|
||||
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
|
||||
ULONG cp[3];
|
||||
ULONG cplen;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
|
||||
with standard language environment variables. */
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */
|
||||
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
|
||||
|
||||
if (dot != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *modifier;
|
||||
|
||||
dot++;
|
||||
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
|
||||
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
|
||||
if (modifier == NULL)
|
||||
return dot;
|
||||
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
|
||||
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
|
||||
return buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */
|
||||
codeset = locale;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
|
||||
if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
|
||||
codeset = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
|
||||
codeset = buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (codeset == NULL)
|
||||
/* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
|
||||
codeset = "";
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve alias. */
|
||||
for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
|
||||
*aliases != '\0';
|
||||
aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
|
||||
if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
|
||||
|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
|
||||
the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
|
||||
thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */
|
||||
if (codeset[0] == '\0')
|
||||
codeset = "ASCII";
|
||||
|
||||
return codeset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
42
project/jni/intl/src/localcharset.h
Normal file
42
project/jni/intl/src/localcharset.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
|
||||
#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
|
||||
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
|
||||
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
|
||||
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
|
||||
name. */
|
||||
extern const char * locale_charset (void);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */
|
||||
440
project/jni/intl/src/localealias.c
Normal file
440
project/jni/intl/src/localealias.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
|
||||
/* Handle aliases for locale names.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
|
||||
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
|
||||
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
|
||||
# include <stdio_ext.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# define alloca _alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifndef alloca
|
||||
char *alloca ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
# include "relocatable.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||
# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef mempcpy
|
||||
# define mempcpy __mempcpy
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
|
||||
# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some optimizations for glibc. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp)
|
||||
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp)
|
||||
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
|
||||
some additional code emulating it. */
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
# define freea(p) /* nothing */
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
|
||||
# define freea(p) free (p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
|
||||
# undef fgets
|
||||
# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
|
||||
# undef feof
|
||||
# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct alias_map
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *alias;
|
||||
const char *value;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
|
||||
static size_t string_space_act;
|
||||
static size_t string_space_max;
|
||||
libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
|
||||
static size_t nmap;
|
||||
static size_t maxmap;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||
static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
static int extend_alias_table (void);
|
||||
static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1,
|
||||
const struct alias_map *map2);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
_nl_expand_alias (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const char *locale_alias_path;
|
||||
struct alias_map *retval;
|
||||
const char *result = NULL;
|
||||
size_t added;
|
||||
|
||||
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
|
||||
locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct alias_map item;
|
||||
|
||||
item.alias = name;
|
||||
|
||||
if (nmap > 0)
|
||||
retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
|
||||
sizeof (struct alias_map),
|
||||
(int (*) (const void *,
|
||||
const void *)
|
||||
) alias_compare);
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = retval->value;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
|
||||
added = 0;
|
||||
while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *start;
|
||||
|
||||
while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
|
||||
++locale_alias_path;
|
||||
start = locale_alias_path;
|
||||
|
||||
while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
|
||||
&& locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
|
||||
++locale_alias_path;
|
||||
|
||||
if (start < locale_alias_path)
|
||||
added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (added != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static size_t
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
char *full_fname;
|
||||
size_t added;
|
||||
static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
|
||||
|
||||
full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
|
||||
mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
|
||||
aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
|
||||
memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Note the file is opened with cancellation in the I/O functions
|
||||
disabled. */
|
||||
fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "rc");
|
||||
#else
|
||||
fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
freea (full_fname);
|
||||
if (fp == NULL)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
|
||||
/* No threads present. */
|
||||
__fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
added = 0;
|
||||
while (!FEOF (fp))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
|
||||
a) we are only interested in the first two fields
|
||||
b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
|
||||
be that long
|
||||
We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
|
||||
stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
|
||||
memory. */
|
||||
char buf[400];
|
||||
char *alias;
|
||||
char *value;
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
int complete_line;
|
||||
|
||||
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
|
||||
/* EOF reached. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine whether the line is complete. */
|
||||
complete_line = strchr (buf, '\n') != NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
cp = buf;
|
||||
/* Ignore leading white space. */
|
||||
while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
|
||||
{
|
||||
alias = cp++;
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
/* Terminate alias name. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
|
||||
while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
value = cp++;
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
/* Terminate value. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '\n')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This has to be done to make the following test
|
||||
for the end of line possible. We are looking for
|
||||
the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
*cp = '\n';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
/* glibc's locale.alias contains entries for ja_JP and ko_KR
|
||||
that make it impossible to use a Japanese or Korean UTF-8
|
||||
locale under the name "ja_JP" or "ko_KR". Ignore these
|
||||
entries. */
|
||||
if (strchr (alias, '_') == NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t alias_len;
|
||||
size_t value_len;
|
||||
|
||||
if (nmap >= maxmap)
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
|
||||
goto out;
|
||||
|
||||
alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
|
||||
value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Increase size of memory pool. */
|
||||
size_t new_size = (string_space_max
|
||||
+ (alias_len + value_len > 1024
|
||||
? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
|
||||
char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
|
||||
if (new_pool == NULL)
|
||||
goto out;
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
|
||||
map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
string_space = new_pool;
|
||||
string_space_max = new_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
map[nmap].alias =
|
||||
(const char *) memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
|
||||
alias, alias_len);
|
||||
string_space_act += alias_len;
|
||||
|
||||
map[nmap].value =
|
||||
(const char *) memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
|
||||
value, value_len);
|
||||
string_space_act += value_len;
|
||||
|
||||
++nmap;
|
||||
++added;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
|
||||
the rest of the line. */
|
||||
if (! complete_line)
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
|
||||
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
|
||||
will exit at the `feof' test. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
out:
|
||||
/* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
|
||||
errors. --drepper */
|
||||
fclose (fp);
|
||||
|
||||
if (added > 0)
|
||||
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
|
||||
(int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare);
|
||||
|
||||
return added;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
extend_alias_table ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t new_size;
|
||||
struct alias_map *new_map;
|
||||
|
||||
new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
|
||||
new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
|
||||
* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
|
||||
if (new_map == NULL)
|
||||
/* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
map = new_map;
|
||||
maxmap = new_size;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
|
||||
return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
|
||||
const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
|
||||
unsigned char c1, c2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (p1 == p2)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
|
||||
some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
|
||||
c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
|
||||
c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
|
||||
if (c1 == '\0')
|
||||
break;
|
||||
++p1;
|
||||
++p2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (c1 == c2);
|
||||
|
||||
return c1 - c2;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
2959
project/jni/intl/src/localename.c
Normal file
2959
project/jni/intl/src/localename.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1059
project/jni/intl/src/lock.c
Normal file
1059
project/jni/intl/src/lock.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
928
project/jni/intl/src/lock.h
Normal file
928
project/jni/intl/src/lock.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,928 @@
|
||||
/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
|
||||
Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h,
|
||||
gthr-win32.h. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file contains locking primitives for use with a given thread library.
|
||||
It does not contain primitives for creating threads or for other
|
||||
synchronization primitives.
|
||||
|
||||
Normal (non-recursive) locks:
|
||||
Type: gl_lock_t
|
||||
Declaration: gl_lock_define(extern, name)
|
||||
Initializer: gl_lock_define_initialized(, name)
|
||||
Initialization: gl_lock_init (name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: gl_lock_lock (name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: gl_lock_unlock (name);
|
||||
De-initialization: gl_lock_destroy (name);
|
||||
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
|
||||
Initialization: err = glthread_lock_init (&name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: err = glthread_lock_lock (&name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: err = glthread_lock_unlock (&name);
|
||||
De-initialization: err = glthread_lock_destroy (&name);
|
||||
|
||||
Read-Write (non-recursive) locks:
|
||||
Type: gl_rwlock_t
|
||||
Declaration: gl_rwlock_define(extern, name)
|
||||
Initializer: gl_rwlock_define_initialized(, name)
|
||||
Initialization: gl_rwlock_init (name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: gl_rwlock_rdlock (name);
|
||||
gl_rwlock_wrlock (name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: gl_rwlock_unlock (name);
|
||||
De-initialization: gl_rwlock_destroy (name);
|
||||
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
|
||||
Initialization: err = glthread_rwlock_init (&name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: err = glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&name);
|
||||
err = glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: err = glthread_rwlock_unlock (&name);
|
||||
De-initialization: err = glthread_rwlock_destroy (&name);
|
||||
|
||||
Recursive locks:
|
||||
Type: gl_recursive_lock_t
|
||||
Declaration: gl_recursive_lock_define(extern, name)
|
||||
Initializer: gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(, name)
|
||||
Initialization: gl_recursive_lock_init (name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: gl_recursive_lock_lock (name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: gl_recursive_lock_unlock (name);
|
||||
De-initialization: gl_recursive_lock_destroy (name);
|
||||
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
|
||||
Initialization: err = glthread_recursive_lock_init (&name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: err = glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: err = glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&name);
|
||||
De-initialization: err = glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&name);
|
||||
|
||||
Once-only execution:
|
||||
Type: gl_once_t
|
||||
Initializer: gl_once_define(extern, name)
|
||||
Execution: gl_once (name, initfunction);
|
||||
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
|
||||
Execution: err = glthread_once (&name, initfunction);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LOCK_H
|
||||
#define _LOCK_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the POSIX threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# include <pthread.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
|
||||
/* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime. */
|
||||
# define pthread_in_use() \
|
||||
glthread_in_use ()
|
||||
extern int glthread_in_use (void);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Weak references avoid dragging in external libraries if the other parts
|
||||
of the program don't use them. Here we use them, because we don't want
|
||||
every program that uses libintl to depend on libpthread. This assumes
|
||||
that libpthread would not be loaded after libintl; i.e. if libintl is
|
||||
loaded first, by an executable that does not depend on libpthread, and
|
||||
then a module is dynamically loaded that depends on libpthread, libintl
|
||||
will not be multithread-safe. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The way to test at runtime whether libpthread is present is to test
|
||||
whether a function pointer's value, such as &pthread_mutex_init, is
|
||||
non-NULL. However, some versions of GCC have a bug through which, in
|
||||
PIC mode, &foo != NULL always evaluates to true if there is a direct
|
||||
call to foo(...) in the same function. To avoid this, we test the
|
||||
address of a function in libpthread that we don't use. */
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_rdlock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_wrlock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_unlock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_once
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_wait
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_signal
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_broadcast
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_settype
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_destroy
|
||||
# ifndef pthread_self
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_self
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cancel
|
||||
# define pthread_in_use() (pthread_cancel != NULL)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
# define pthread_in_use() 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_rdlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_wrlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
int initialized;
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
|
||||
pthread_rwlock_t rwlock; /* read-write lock */
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
{ 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
|
||||
pthread_cond_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
|
||||
pthread_cond_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
|
||||
unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */
|
||||
int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 }
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# ifdef PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t recmutex; /* recursive mutex */
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
|
||||
int initialized;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Old versions of POSIX threads on Solaris did not have recursive locks.
|
||||
We have to implement them ourselves. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t mutex;
|
||||
pthread_t owner;
|
||||
unsigned long depth;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, (pthread_t) 0, 0 }
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pthread_once_t gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_once_t NAME = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () \
|
||||
? pthread_once (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
: (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
|
||||
extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control);
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_PTH_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the GNU Pth threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# include <pth.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use weak references to the GNU Pth threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_mutex_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_mutex_acquire
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_mutex_release
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_rwlock_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_rwlock_acquire
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_rwlock_release
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_once
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_cancel
|
||||
# define pth_in_use() (pth_cancel != NULL)
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
# define pth_in_use() 1
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pth_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_initializer \
|
||||
PTH_MUTEX_INIT
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_acquire (LOCK, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
((void)(LOCK), 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pth_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
PTH_RWLOCK_INIT
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_acquire (LOCK, PTH_RWLOCK_RD, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_acquire (LOCK, PTH_RWLOCK_RW, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
((void)(LOCK), 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* In Pth, mutexes are recursive by default. */
|
||||
typedef pth_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
PTH_MUTEX_INIT
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_acquire (LOCK, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
((void)(LOCK), 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pth_once_t gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_once_t NAME = PTH_ONCE_INIT;
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () \
|
||||
? glthread_once_multithreaded (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
: (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
|
||||
extern int glthread_once_multithreaded (pth_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
|
||||
extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control);
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the old Solaris threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# include <thread.h>
|
||||
# include <synch.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use weak references to the old Solaris threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma weak mutex_init
|
||||
# pragma weak mutex_lock
|
||||
# pragma weak mutex_unlock
|
||||
# pragma weak mutex_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak rwlock_init
|
||||
# pragma weak rw_rdlock
|
||||
# pragma weak rw_wrlock
|
||||
# pragma weak rw_unlock
|
||||
# pragma weak rwlock_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak thr_self
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma weak thr_suspend
|
||||
# define thread_in_use() (thr_suspend != NULL)
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
# define thread_in_use() 1
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef mutex_t gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_initializer \
|
||||
DEFAULTMUTEX
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? mutex_init (LOCK, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
DEFAULTRWLOCK
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? rwlock_init (LOCK, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? rw_rdlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? rw_wrlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? rw_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? rwlock_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Old Solaris threads did not have recursive locks.
|
||||
We have to implement them ourselves. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
mutex_t mutex;
|
||||
thread_t owner;
|
||||
unsigned long depth;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
{ DEFAULTMUTEX, (thread_t) 0, 0 }
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile int inited;
|
||||
mutex_t mutex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { 0, DEFAULTMUTEX };
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () \
|
||||
? glthread_once_multithreaded (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
: (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
|
||||
extern int glthread_once_multithreaded (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
|
||||
extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control);
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_WIN32_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* We can use CRITICAL_SECTION directly, rather than the Win32 Event, Mutex,
|
||||
Semaphore types, because
|
||||
- we need only to synchronize inside a single process (address space),
|
||||
not inter-process locking,
|
||||
- we don't need to support trylock operations. (TryEnterCriticalSection
|
||||
does not work on Windows 95/98/ME. Packages that need trylock usually
|
||||
define their own mutex type.) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* There is no way to statically initialize a CRITICAL_SECTION. It needs
|
||||
to be done lazily, once only. For this we need spinlocks. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct { volatile int done; volatile long started; } gl_spinlock_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
|
||||
CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_initializer \
|
||||
{ { 0, -1 } }
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(glthread_lock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_lock_lock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_lock_unlock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_lock_destroy_func (LOCK)
|
||||
extern void glthread_lock_init_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_lock_lock_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_lock_unlock_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_lock_destroy_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* It is impossible to implement read-write locks using plain locks, without
|
||||
introducing an extra thread dedicated to managing read-write locks.
|
||||
Therefore here we need to use the low-level Event type. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
HANDLE *array; /* array of waiting threads, each represented by an event */
|
||||
unsigned int count; /* number of waiting threads */
|
||||
unsigned int alloc; /* length of allocated array */
|
||||
unsigned int offset; /* index of first waiting thread in array */
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_carray_waitqueue_t;
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
|
||||
CRITICAL_SECTION lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
|
||||
gl_carray_waitqueue_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
|
||||
gl_carray_waitqueue_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
|
||||
int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
{ { 0, -1 } }
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(glthread_rwlock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_rdlock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_wrlock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_unlock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_destroy_func (LOCK)
|
||||
extern void glthread_rwlock_init_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The Win32 documentation says that CRITICAL_SECTION already implements a
|
||||
recursive lock. But we need not rely on it: It's easy to implement a
|
||||
recursive lock without this assumption. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
|
||||
DWORD owner;
|
||||
unsigned long depth;
|
||||
CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
{ { 0, -1 }, 0, 0 }
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(glthread_recursive_lock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_lock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_func (LOCK)
|
||||
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile int inited;
|
||||
volatile long started;
|
||||
CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { -1, -1 };
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(glthread_once_func (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION), 0)
|
||||
extern void glthread_once_func (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_PTH_THREADS || USE_SOLARIS_THREADS || USE_WIN32_THREADS)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_init(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_lock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(NAME) 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = 0;
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(*(ONCE_CONTROL) == 0 ? (*(ONCE_CONTROL) = ~ 0, INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros with built-in error handling. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_lock_init (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LOCK_H */
|
||||
128
project/jni/intl/src/log.c
Normal file
128
project/jni/intl/src/log.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
|
||||
/* Log file output.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Separator between msgctxt and msgid in .mo files. */
|
||||
#define MSGCTXT_SEPARATOR '\004' /* EOT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
print_escaped (FILE *stream, const char *str, const char *str_end)
|
||||
{
|
||||
putc ('"', stream);
|
||||
for (; str != str_end; str++)
|
||||
if (*str == '\n')
|
||||
{
|
||||
fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
|
||||
if (str + 1 == str_end)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
fputs ("\n\"", stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
|
||||
putc ('\\', stream);
|
||||
putc (*str, stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
putc ('"', stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
|
||||
static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
|
||||
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
_nl_log_untranslated_locked (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILE *logfile;
|
||||
const char *separator;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */
|
||||
if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Close the last used logfile. */
|
||||
if (last_logfilename != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (last_logfile != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fclose (last_logfile);
|
||||
last_logfile = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (last_logfilename);
|
||||
last_logfilename = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Open the logfile. */
|
||||
last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
|
||||
if (last_logfilename == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
|
||||
last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
|
||||
if (last_logfile == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
logfile = last_logfile;
|
||||
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, domainname, domainname + strlen (domainname));
|
||||
separator = strchr (msgid1, MSGCTXT_SEPARATOR);
|
||||
if (separator != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The part before the MSGCTXT_SEPARATOR is the msgctxt. */
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgctxt ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, msgid1, separator);
|
||||
msgid1 = separator + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, msgid1, msgid1 + strlen (msgid1));
|
||||
if (plural)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, msgid2, msgid2 + strlen (msgid2));
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
|
||||
putc ('\n', logfile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
_nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
|
||||
_nl_log_untranslated_locked (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural);
|
||||
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
65
project/jni/intl/src/ngettext.c
Normal file
65
project/jni/intl/src/ngettext.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __need_NULL
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
98
project/jni/intl/src/os2compat.c
Normal file
98
project/jni/intl/src/os2compat.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
|
||||
/* OS/2 compatibility functions.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define OS2_AWARE
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/param.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
|
||||
extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
_nl_getenv (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char *value;
|
||||
if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* A fixed size buffer. */
|
||||
char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1];
|
||||
|
||||
char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
|
||||
char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
|
||||
char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
static __attribute__((constructor)) void
|
||||
nlos2_initialize ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
|
||||
char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
|
||||
|
||||
_nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
|
||||
if (!_nlos2_libdir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t sl = strlen (root);
|
||||
_nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
_nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
|
||||
if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t sl = strlen (root);
|
||||
_nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
_nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
|
||||
if (!_nlos2_localedir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t sl = strlen (root);
|
||||
_nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
_nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
|
||||
strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
46
project/jni/intl/src/os2compat.h
Normal file
46
project/jni/intl/src/os2compat.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
||||
/* OS/2 compatibility defines.
|
||||
This file is intended to be included from config.h
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
|
||||
#ifndef OS2_AWARE
|
||||
|
||||
#undef LIBDIR
|
||||
#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir
|
||||
extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef LOCALEDIR
|
||||
#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir
|
||||
extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
|
||||
#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath
|
||||
extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
|
||||
#define strcasecmp stricmp
|
||||
#define strncasecmp strnicmp
|
||||
|
||||
/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
|
||||
#define getenv _nl_getenv
|
||||
|
||||
/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
|
||||
#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)
|
||||
26
project/jni/intl/src/osdep.c
Normal file
26
project/jni/intl/src/osdep.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
# include "intl-exports.c"
|
||||
#elif defined __EMX__
|
||||
# include "os2compat.c"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */
|
||||
typedef int dummy;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
155
project/jni/intl/src/plural-exp.c
Normal file
155
project/jni/intl/src/plural-exp.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
|
||||
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "plural-exp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__ && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __cplusplus) \
|
||||
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
|
||||
|
||||
/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
|
||||
form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
|
||||
static const struct expression plvar =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.nargs = 0,
|
||||
.operation = var,
|
||||
};
|
||||
static const struct expression plone =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.nargs = 0,
|
||||
.operation = num,
|
||||
.val =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.num = 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.nargs = 2,
|
||||
.operation = not_equal,
|
||||
.val =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.args =
|
||||
{
|
||||
[0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
|
||||
[1] = (struct expression *) &plone
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
|
||||
Initialization at run-time. */
|
||||
|
||||
static struct expression plvar;
|
||||
static struct expression plone;
|
||||
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
init_germanic_plural ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (plone.val.num == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
plvar.nargs = 0;
|
||||
plvar.operation = var;
|
||||
|
||||
plone.nargs = 0;
|
||||
plone.operation = num;
|
||||
plone.val.num = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry,
|
||||
const struct expression **pluralp,
|
||||
unsigned long int *npluralsp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (nullentry != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *plural;
|
||||
const char *nplurals;
|
||||
|
||||
plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
|
||||
nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
|
||||
if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *endp;
|
||||
unsigned long int n;
|
||||
struct parse_args args;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First get the number. */
|
||||
nplurals += 9;
|
||||
while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
|
||||
++nplurals;
|
||||
if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
|
||||
n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
|
||||
n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (nplurals == endp)
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
*npluralsp = n;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
|
||||
scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
|
||||
passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
|
||||
is passed down to the parser. */
|
||||
plural += 7;
|
||||
args.cp = plural;
|
||||
if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
*pluralp = args.res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
|
||||
for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
|
||||
English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
|
||||
no_plural:
|
||||
INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
|
||||
*pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
|
||||
*npluralsp = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
129
project/jni/intl/src/plural-exp.h
Normal file
129
project/jni/intl/src/plural-exp.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
|
||||
/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
|
||||
#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef attribute_hidden
|
||||
# define attribute_hidden
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
enum expression_operator
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Without arguments: */
|
||||
var, /* The variable "n". */
|
||||
num, /* Decimal number. */
|
||||
/* Unary operators: */
|
||||
lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
|
||||
/* Binary operators: */
|
||||
mult, /* Multiplication. */
|
||||
divide, /* Division. */
|
||||
module, /* Modulo operation. */
|
||||
plus, /* Addition. */
|
||||
minus, /* Subtraction. */
|
||||
less_than, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
greater_than, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
equal, /* Comparison for equality. */
|
||||
not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */
|
||||
land, /* Logical AND. */
|
||||
lor, /* Logical OR. */
|
||||
/* Ternary operators: */
|
||||
qmop /* Question mark operator. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
|
||||
plural form. */
|
||||
struct expression
|
||||
{
|
||||
int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
|
||||
enum expression_operator operation;
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
|
||||
struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
|
||||
} val;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
|
||||
the result in a thread-safe way. */
|
||||
struct parse_args
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *cp;
|
||||
struct expression *res;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used
|
||||
1. in the GNU C Library library,
|
||||
2. in the GNU libintl library,
|
||||
3. in the GNU gettext tools.
|
||||
The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
|
||||
binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore,
|
||||
1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
|
||||
2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
|
||||
must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
|
||||
So we have to distinguish the three cases. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
|
||||
# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
|
||||
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
|
||||
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
|
||||
#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
|
||||
# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
|
||||
# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
|
||||
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
|
||||
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
|
||||
# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
|
||||
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
|
||||
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
extern void FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
extern int PLURAL_PARSE (void *arg);
|
||||
extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
|
||||
extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry,
|
||||
const struct expression **pluralp,
|
||||
unsigned long int *npluralsp)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) && !defined (IN_LIBGLOCALE)
|
||||
extern unsigned long int plural_eval (const struct expression *pexp,
|
||||
unsigned long int n);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */
|
||||
1961
project/jni/intl/src/plural.c
Normal file
1961
project/jni/intl/src/plural.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
188
project/jni/intl/src/printf-args.c
Normal file
188
project/jni/intl/src/printf-args.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
|
||||
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
|
||||
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
|
||||
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be defined.
|
||||
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
|
||||
# include "printf-args.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int
|
||||
PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
argument *ap;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
|
||||
switch (ap->type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case TYPE_SCHAR:
|
||||
ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_UCHAR:
|
||||
ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_SHORT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_USHORT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_INT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_UINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_LONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_ULONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
|
||||
ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
|
||||
ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_CHAR:
|
||||
ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
|
||||
/* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by
|
||||
default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32,
|
||||
where wint_t is 'unsigned short'. */
|
||||
ap->a.a_wide_char =
|
||||
(sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int)
|
||||
? va_arg (args, int)
|
||||
: va_arg (args, wint_t));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case TYPE_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_string == NULL)
|
||||
ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
(wchar_t)'(',
|
||||
(wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L',
|
||||
(wchar_t)')',
|
||||
(wchar_t)0
|
||||
};
|
||||
ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case TYPE_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
case TYPE_U8_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_u8_string = va_arg (args, const uint8_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%U", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_u8_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const uint8_t u8_null_string[] =
|
||||
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
|
||||
ap->a.a_u8_string = u8_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_U16_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_u16_string = va_arg (args, const uint16_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%lU", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_u16_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const uint16_t u16_null_string[] =
|
||||
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
|
||||
ap->a.a_u16_string = u16_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_U32_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_u32_string = va_arg (args, const uint32_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%llU", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_u32_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const uint32_t u32_null_string[] =
|
||||
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
|
||||
ap->a.a_u32_string = u32_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* Unknown type. */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
155
project/jni/intl/src/printf-args.h
Normal file
155
project/jni/intl/src/printf-args.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
|
||||
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
|
||||
#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
|
||||
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
|
||||
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be declared.
|
||||
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default parameters. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
|
||||
# define PRINTF_FETCHARGS printf_fetchargs
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get wchar_t. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get wint_t. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
# include <wchar.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Argument types */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
TYPE_NONE,
|
||||
TYPE_SCHAR,
|
||||
TYPE_UCHAR,
|
||||
TYPE_SHORT,
|
||||
TYPE_USHORT,
|
||||
TYPE_INT,
|
||||
TYPE_UINT,
|
||||
TYPE_LONGINT,
|
||||
TYPE_ULONGINT,
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
|
||||
TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
TYPE_DOUBLE,
|
||||
TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
|
||||
TYPE_CHAR,
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
TYPE_STRING,
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
TYPE_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
, TYPE_U8_STRING
|
||||
, TYPE_U16_STRING
|
||||
, TYPE_U32_STRING
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
} arg_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Polymorphic argument */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg_type type;
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
signed char a_schar;
|
||||
unsigned char a_uchar;
|
||||
short a_short;
|
||||
unsigned short a_ushort;
|
||||
int a_int;
|
||||
unsigned int a_uint;
|
||||
long int a_longint;
|
||||
unsigned long int a_ulongint;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
long long int a_longlongint;
|
||||
unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
float a_float;
|
||||
double a_double;
|
||||
long double a_longdouble;
|
||||
int a_char;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
wint_t a_wide_char;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const char* a_string;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
const wchar_t* a_wide_string;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
void* a_pointer;
|
||||
signed char * a_count_schar_pointer;
|
||||
short * a_count_short_pointer;
|
||||
int * a_count_int_pointer;
|
||||
long int * a_count_longint_pointer;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
const uint8_t * a_u8_string;
|
||||
const uint16_t * a_u16_string;
|
||||
const uint32_t * a_u32_string;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
argument;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count;
|
||||
argument *arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
arguments;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */
|
||||
628
project/jni/intl/src/printf-parse.c
Normal file
628
project/jni/intl/src/printf-parse.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,628 @@
|
||||
/* Formatted output to strings.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
|
||||
CHAR_T The element type of the format string.
|
||||
CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters
|
||||
in the format string are ASCII.
|
||||
DIRECTIVE Structure denoting a format directive.
|
||||
Depends on CHAR_T.
|
||||
DIRECTIVES Structure denoting the set of format directives of a
|
||||
format string. Depends on CHAR_T.
|
||||
PRINTF_PARSE Function that parses a format string.
|
||||
Depends on CHAR_T.
|
||||
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static.
|
||||
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
# include "printf-parse.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default parameters. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
|
||||
# define CHAR_T char
|
||||
# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
|
||||
# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t, NULL. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get intmax_t. */
|
||||
#if defined IN_LIBINTL || defined IN_LIBASPRINTF
|
||||
# if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
|
||||
# include <stdint.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
|
||||
# include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* errno. */
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Checked size_t computations. */
|
||||
#include "xsize.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
|
||||
/* c_isascii(). */
|
||||
# include "c-ctype.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int
|
||||
PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */
|
||||
size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */
|
||||
size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */
|
||||
size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */
|
||||
size_t max_width_length = 0;
|
||||
size_t max_precision_length = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
d->count = 0;
|
||||
d_allocated = 1;
|
||||
d->dir = (DIRECTIVE *) malloc (d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
|
||||
if (d->dir == NULL)
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */
|
||||
goto out_of_memory_1;
|
||||
|
||||
a->count = 0;
|
||||
a_allocated = 0;
|
||||
a->arg = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
size_t n = (_index_); \
|
||||
if (n >= a_allocated) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
size_t memory_size; \
|
||||
argument *memory; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \
|
||||
if (a_allocated <= n) \
|
||||
a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \
|
||||
memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
|
||||
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \
|
||||
goto out_of_memory; \
|
||||
memory = (argument *) (a->arg \
|
||||
? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \
|
||||
: malloc (memory_size)); \
|
||||
if (memory == NULL) \
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */ \
|
||||
goto out_of_memory; \
|
||||
a->arg = memory; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (a->count <= n) \
|
||||
a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \
|
||||
if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \
|
||||
a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \
|
||||
else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \
|
||||
/* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \
|
||||
goto error; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (*cp != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHAR_T c = *cp++;
|
||||
if (c == '%')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count]; /* pointer to next directive */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the next directive. */
|
||||
dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
|
||||
dp->flags = 0;
|
||||
dp->width_start = NULL;
|
||||
dp->width_end = NULL;
|
||||
dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
dp->precision_start = NULL;
|
||||
dp->precision_end = NULL;
|
||||
dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for positional argument. */
|
||||
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *np;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
if (*np == '$')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
/* Positional argument 0. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (n))
|
||||
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
arg_index = n - 1;
|
||||
cp = np + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the flags. */
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*cp == '\'')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '-')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '+')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == ' ')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '#')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse the field width. */
|
||||
if (*cp == '*')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->width_start = cp;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
dp->width_end = cp;
|
||||
if (max_width_length < 1)
|
||||
max_width_length = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for positional argument. */
|
||||
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *np;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
if (*np == '$')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
/* Positional argument 0. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (n))
|
||||
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
|
||||
cp = np + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
|
||||
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t width_length;
|
||||
|
||||
dp->width_start = cp;
|
||||
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
dp->width_end = cp;
|
||||
width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
|
||||
if (max_width_length < width_length)
|
||||
max_width_length = width_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse the precision. */
|
||||
if (*cp == '.')
|
||||
{
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
if (*cp == '*')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
dp->precision_end = cp;
|
||||
if (max_precision_length < 2)
|
||||
max_precision_length = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for positional argument. */
|
||||
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *np;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
if (*np == '$')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
/* Positional argument 0. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (n))
|
||||
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory
|
||||
later. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
|
||||
cp = np + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
|
||||
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t precision_length;
|
||||
|
||||
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
|
||||
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
dp->precision_end = cp;
|
||||
precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
|
||||
if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
|
||||
max_precision_length = precision_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg_type type;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
int flags = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*cp == 'h')
|
||||
{
|
||||
flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'L')
|
||||
{
|
||||
flags |= 4;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'l')
|
||||
{
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'j')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* intmax_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* intmax_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
|
||||
because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
|
||||
only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */
|
||||
if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* size_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* size_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 't')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* ptrdiff_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* ptrdiff_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
|
||||
/* On MacOS X 10.3, PRIdMAX is defined as "qd".
|
||||
We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
|
||||
be understood by the system's printf routines. */
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'q')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* int64_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* int64_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
/* On native Win32, PRIdMAX is defined as "I64d".
|
||||
We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
|
||||
be understood by the system's printf routines. */
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'I' && cp[1] == '6' && cp[2] == '4')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* __int64 = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* __int64 = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp += 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the conversion character. */
|
||||
c = *cp++;
|
||||
switch (c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 'd': case 'i':
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
|
||||
"lld" into TYPE_LONGINT. */
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_LONGINT;
|
||||
else if (flags & 2)
|
||||
type = TYPE_SCHAR;
|
||||
else if (flags & 1)
|
||||
type = TYPE_SHORT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_INT;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as
|
||||
'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT. */
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
|
||||
else if (flags & 2)
|
||||
type = TYPE_UCHAR;
|
||||
else if (flags & 1)
|
||||
type = TYPE_USHORT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_UINT;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
|
||||
case 'a': case 'A':
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'c':
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_CHAR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
case 'C':
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
|
||||
c = 'c';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case 's':
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_STRING;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
case 'S':
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
|
||||
c = 's';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case 'p':
|
||||
type = TYPE_POINTER;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'n':
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
|
||||
"lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER. */
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
|
||||
else if (flags & 2)
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
|
||||
else if (flags & 1)
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
case 'U':
|
||||
if (flags >= 16)
|
||||
type = TYPE_U32_STRING;
|
||||
else if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_U16_STRING;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_U8_STRING;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case '%':
|
||||
type = TYPE_NONE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* Unknown conversion character. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (type != TYPE_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->arg_index = arg_index;
|
||||
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
|
||||
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
dp->conversion = c;
|
||||
dp->dir_end = cp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
d->count++;
|
||||
if (d->count >= d_allocated)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t memory_size;
|
||||
DIRECTIVE *memory;
|
||||
|
||||
d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
|
||||
memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
|
||||
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
|
||||
goto out_of_memory;
|
||||
memory = (DIRECTIVE *) realloc (d->dir, memory_size);
|
||||
if (memory == NULL)
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */
|
||||
goto out_of_memory;
|
||||
d->dir = memory;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
|
||||
else if (!c_isascii (c))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Non-ASCII character. Not supported. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
|
||||
|
||||
d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
|
||||
d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
if (a->arg)
|
||||
free (a->arg);
|
||||
if (d->dir)
|
||||
free (d->dir);
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
out_of_memory:
|
||||
if (a->arg)
|
||||
free (a->arg);
|
||||
if (d->dir)
|
||||
free (d->dir);
|
||||
out_of_memory_1:
|
||||
errno = ENOMEM;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#undef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
#undef DIRECTIVES
|
||||
#undef DIRECTIVE
|
||||
#undef CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
|
||||
#undef CHAR_T
|
||||
75
project/jni/intl/src/printf-parse.h
Normal file
75
project/jni/intl/src/printf-parse.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
/* Parse printf format string.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "printf-args.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flags */
|
||||
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
|
||||
|
||||
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
|
||||
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed directive. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char* dir_start;
|
||||
const char* dir_end;
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
const char* width_start;
|
||||
const char* width_end;
|
||||
size_t width_arg_index;
|
||||
const char* precision_start;
|
||||
const char* precision_end;
|
||||
size_t precision_arg_index;
|
||||
char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
|
||||
size_t arg_index;
|
||||
}
|
||||
char_directive;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed format string. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count;
|
||||
char_directive *dir;
|
||||
size_t max_width_length;
|
||||
size_t max_precision_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
char_directives;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
|
||||
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
|
||||
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
|
||||
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */
|
||||
431
project/jni/intl/src/printf.c
Normal file
431
project/jni/intl/src/printf.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
|
||||
/* Formatted output to strings, using POSIX/XSI format strings with positions.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# define alloca _alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifndef alloca
|
||||
char *alloca ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW. */
|
||||
#ifndef EOVERFLOW
|
||||
# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
|
||||
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
|
||||
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define STATIC static
|
||||
|
||||
/* This needs to be consistent with libgnuintl.h.in. */
|
||||
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __BEOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
|
||||
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
|
||||
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
|
||||
mingw does not have a function __printf__. */
|
||||
# define libintl_printf __printf__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-args.h". */
|
||||
#include "printf-args.c"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-parse.h". */
|
||||
#include "printf-parse.c"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
|
||||
#define vasnprintf libintl_vasnprintf
|
||||
#include "vasnprintf.c"
|
||||
#if 0 /* not needed */
|
||||
#define asnprintf libintl_asnprintf
|
||||
#include "asnprintf.c"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return vfprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
|
||||
int retval = -1;
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t written = fwrite (result, 1, length, stream);
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
if (written == length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval = length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vfprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_printf (const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vprintf (format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vsprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length = (size_t) ~0 / (4 * sizeof (char));
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result != resultbuf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_sprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_SNPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
|
||||
/* Windows. */
|
||||
# define system_vsnprintf _vsnprintf
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* Unix. */
|
||||
# define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vsnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return system_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t maxlength = length;
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result != resultbuf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (maxlength > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t pruned_length =
|
||||
(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
|
||||
memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length);
|
||||
resultbuf[pruned_length] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_snprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_ASPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result == NULL)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*resultp = result;
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_FWPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
#include <wchar.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wprintf-parse.h"
|
||||
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "wprintf-parse.h". */
|
||||
#define CHAR_T wchar_t
|
||||
#define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
|
||||
#define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
|
||||
#define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
|
||||
#include "printf-parse.c"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
|
||||
#define vasnwprintf libintl_vasnwprintf
|
||||
#include "vasnprintf.c"
|
||||
#if 0 /* not needed */
|
||||
#define asnwprintf libintl_asnwprintf
|
||||
#include "asnprintf.c"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
|
||||
/* Windows. */
|
||||
# define system_vswprintf _vsnwprintf
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* Unix. */
|
||||
# define system_vswprintf vswprintf
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
|
||||
int retval = -1;
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
|
||||
if (fputwc (result[i], stream) == WEOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
if (i == length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval = length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_fwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_vfwprintf (stdout, format, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_wprintf (const wchar_t *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vwprintf (format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vswprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return system_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t maxlength = length;
|
||||
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result != resultbuf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (maxlength > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t pruned_length =
|
||||
(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
|
||||
memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length * sizeof (wchar_t));
|
||||
resultbuf[pruned_length] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
/* Unlike vsnprintf, which has to return the number of character that
|
||||
would have been produced if the resultbuf had been sufficiently
|
||||
large, the vswprintf function has to return a negative value if
|
||||
the resultbuf was not sufficiently large. */
|
||||
if (length >= maxlength)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_swprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
493
project/jni/intl/src/relocatable.c
Normal file
493
project/jni/intl/src/relocatable.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
|
||||
/* Provide relocatable packages.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003-2006, 2008-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
|
||||
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
|
||||
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "relocatable.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
# define xmalloc malloc
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "xalloc.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
|
||||
# include <libcharset.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
# include <iconv.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */
|
||||
#undef bool
|
||||
#undef false
|
||||
#undef true
|
||||
#define bool int
|
||||
#define false 0
|
||||
#define true 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pathname support.
|
||||
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
|
||||
IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
|
||||
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
|
||||
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
|
||||
&& (P)[1] == ':')
|
||||
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
|
||||
(strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
|
||||
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Unix */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
|
||||
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
|
||||
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Original installation prefix. */
|
||||
static char *orig_prefix;
|
||||
static size_t orig_prefix_len;
|
||||
/* Current installation prefix. */
|
||||
static char *curr_prefix;
|
||||
static size_t curr_prefix_len;
|
||||
/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated
|
||||
to them must start with a slash. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
|
||||
/* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
|
||||
relocation is a nop. */
|
||||
&& strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Duplicate the argument strings. */
|
||||
char *memory;
|
||||
|
||||
orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg);
|
||||
curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (memory != NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
orig_prefix = memory;
|
||||
memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
|
||||
memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
curr_prefix = memory;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
orig_prefix = NULL;
|
||||
curr_prefix = NULL;
|
||||
/* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only
|
||||
called once. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
void
|
||||
set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now notify all dependent libraries. */
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
|
||||
libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109
|
||||
libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix
|
||||
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined IN_LIBRARY || (defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convenience function:
|
||||
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
|
||||
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
|
||||
file, and the current pathname of this file.
|
||||
Returns it, freshly allocated. Returns NULL upon failure. */
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
|
||||
#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
|
||||
static
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
char *
|
||||
compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
|
||||
const char *orig_installdir,
|
||||
const char *curr_pathname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *curr_installdir;
|
||||
const char *rel_installdir;
|
||||
|
||||
if (curr_pathname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix.
|
||||
This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and
|
||||
orig_installdir. */
|
||||
if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix))
|
||||
!= 0)
|
||||
/* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the current installation directory. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
|
||||
const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
|
||||
char *q;
|
||||
|
||||
while (p > p_base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
p--;
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (*p))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (q == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname);
|
||||
q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0';
|
||||
curr_installdir = q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing
|
||||
rel_installdir from it. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
|
||||
const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
|
||||
const char *cp_base =
|
||||
curr_installdir + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
|
||||
|
||||
while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool same = false;
|
||||
const char *rpi = rp;
|
||||
const char *cpi = cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rpi--;
|
||||
cpi--;
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
|
||||
same = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Do case-insensitive comparison if the file system is always or
|
||||
often case-insensitive. It's better to accept the comparison
|
||||
if the difference is only in case, rather than to fail. */
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant file system */
|
||||
if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
|
||||
!= (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (*rpi != *cpi)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!same)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
/* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point
|
||||
to the slash before it. */
|
||||
rp = rpi;
|
||||
cp = cpi;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (rp > rel_installdir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */
|
||||
free (curr_installdir);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
|
||||
char *curr_prefix;
|
||||
|
||||
curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (curr_prefix == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (curr_installdir);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
|
||||
curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
free (curr_installdir);
|
||||
|
||||
return curr_prefix;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !IN_LIBRARY || PIC */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */
|
||||
static char *shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL WINAPI
|
||||
DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void) reserved;
|
||||
|
||||
if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */
|
||||
static char location[MAX_PATH];
|
||||
|
||||
if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
|
||||
/* Shouldn't happen. */
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
|
||||
/* Shouldn't happen. */
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
/* On Cygwin, we need to convert paths coming from Win32 system calls
|
||||
to the Unix-like slashified notation. */
|
||||
static char location_as_posix_path[2 * MAX_PATH];
|
||||
/* There's no error return defined for cygwin_conv_to_posix_path.
|
||||
See cygwin-api/func-cygwin-conv-to-posix-path.html.
|
||||
Does it overflow the buffer of expected size MAX_PATH or does it
|
||||
truncate the path? I don't know. Let's catch both. */
|
||||
cygwin_conv_to_posix_path (location, location_as_posix_path);
|
||||
location_as_posix_path[MAX_PATH - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
if (strlen (location_as_posix_path) >= MAX_PATH - 1)
|
||||
/* A sign of buffer overflow or path truncation. */
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
shared_library_fullname = strdup (location_as_posix_path);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* Unix except Cygwin */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
find_shared_library_fullname ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined __linux__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
|
||||
/* Linux has /proc/self/maps. glibc 2 has the getline() function. */
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */
|
||||
fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r");
|
||||
if (fp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long start, end;
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
|
||||
if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */
|
||||
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (c == '/')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t size;
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
|
||||
ungetc (c, fp);
|
||||
shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
|
||||
len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
|
||||
if (len >= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */
|
||||
if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
|
||||
shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
fclose (fp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* (WIN32 or Cygwin) / (Unix except Cygwin) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
|
||||
Return NULL if unknown.
|
||||
Guaranteed to work only on Linux, Cygwin and Woe32. */
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
get_shared_library_fullname ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__)
|
||||
static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
find_shared_library_fullname ();
|
||||
tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* PIC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
The returned string is either PATHNAME unmodified or a freshly allocated
|
||||
string that you can free with free() after casting it to 'char *'. */
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
relocate (const char *pathname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
|
||||
static int initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialization code for a shared library. */
|
||||
if (!initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
|
||||
set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
|
||||
function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has
|
||||
initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do
|
||||
better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
|
||||
in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
|
||||
to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
|
||||
orig_prefix. */
|
||||
const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
|
||||
const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
|
||||
char *curr_prefix_better;
|
||||
|
||||
curr_prefix_better =
|
||||
compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
|
||||
get_shared_library_fullname ());
|
||||
|
||||
set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix,
|
||||
curr_prefix_better != NULL
|
||||
? curr_prefix_better
|
||||
: curr_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
if (curr_prefix_better != NULL)
|
||||
free (curr_prefix_better);
|
||||
|
||||
initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
|
||||
even for DOS-like file systems, because the pathname argument was
|
||||
typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
|
||||
from. */
|
||||
if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
|
||||
&& strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pathname equals orig_prefix. */
|
||||
char *result = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (curr_prefix) + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
strcpy (result, curr_prefix);
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */
|
||||
const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
|
||||
char *result =
|
||||
(char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
|
||||
strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Nothing to relocate. */
|
||||
return pathname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
83
project/jni/intl/src/relocatable.h
Normal file
83
project/jni/intl/src/relocatable.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
||||
/* Provide relocatable packages.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
|
||||
#define _RELOCATABLE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
|
||||
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
|
||||
this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
in any case. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
|
||||
set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
The returned string is either PATHNAME unmodified or a freshly allocated
|
||||
string that you can free with free() after casting it to 'char *'. */
|
||||
extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Memory management: relocate() potentially allocates memory, because it has
|
||||
to construct a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program
|
||||
calls relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. Or free the
|
||||
return value if it was different from the argument pathname. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convenience function:
|
||||
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
|
||||
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
|
||||
file, and the current pathname of this file.
|
||||
Returns it, freshly allocated. Returns NULL upon failure. */
|
||||
extern char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
|
||||
const char *orig_installdir,
|
||||
const char *curr_pathname);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */
|
||||
#define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */
|
||||
1015
project/jni/intl/src/setlocale.c
Normal file
1015
project/jni/intl/src/setlocale.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
127
project/jni/intl/src/textdomain.c
Normal file
127
project/jni/intl/src/textdomain.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
|
||||
# ifndef strdup
|
||||
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *new_domain;
|
||||
char *old_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
|
||||
if (domainname[0] == '\0'
|
||||
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
|
||||
new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
|
||||
/* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
|
||||
environment variable changed. */
|
||||
new_domain = old_domain;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
|
||||
will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
|
||||
are out of core. */
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
new_domain = strdup (domainname);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
|
||||
new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (new_domain != NULL)
|
||||
memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (new_domain != NULL)
|
||||
_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
|
||||
since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
|
||||
to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
|
||||
if (new_domain != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
|
||||
free (old_domain);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
return new_domain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
75
project/jni/intl/src/threadlib.c
Normal file
75
project/jni/intl/src/threadlib.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
/* Multithreading primitives.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the POSIX threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# include <pthread.h>
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
|
||||
/* The function to be executed by a dummy thread. */
|
||||
static void *
|
||||
dummy_thread_func (void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_in_use (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static int tested;
|
||||
static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */
|
||||
|
||||
if (!tested)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_t thread;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pthread_create (&thread, NULL, dummy_thread_func, NULL) != 0)
|
||||
/* Thread creation failed. */
|
||||
result = 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Thread creation works. */
|
||||
void *retval;
|
||||
if (pthread_join (thread, &retval) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
result = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
tested = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
|
||||
this file is never empty. */
|
||||
typedef int dummy;
|
||||
684
project/jni/intl/src/tsearch.c
Normal file
684
project/jni/intl/src/tsearch.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,684 @@
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Bernd Schmidt <crux@Pool.Informatik.RWTH-Aachen.DE>, 1997.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
|
||||
Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tree search for red/black trees.
|
||||
The algorithm for adding nodes is taken from one of the many "Algorithms"
|
||||
books by Robert Sedgewick, although the implementation differs.
|
||||
The algorithm for deleting nodes can probably be found in a book named
|
||||
"Introduction to Algorithms" by Cormen/Leiserson/Rivest. At least that's
|
||||
the book that my professor took most algorithms from during the "Data
|
||||
Structures" course...
|
||||
|
||||
Totally public domain. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Red/black trees are binary trees in which the edges are colored either red
|
||||
or black. They have the following properties:
|
||||
1. The number of black edges on every path from the root to a leaf is
|
||||
constant.
|
||||
2. No two red edges are adjacent.
|
||||
Therefore there is an upper bound on the length of every path, it's
|
||||
O(log n) where n is the number of nodes in the tree. No path can be longer
|
||||
than 1+2*P where P is the length of the shortest path in the tree.
|
||||
Useful for the implementation:
|
||||
3. If one of the children of a node is NULL, then the other one is red
|
||||
(if it exists).
|
||||
|
||||
In the implementation, not the edges are colored, but the nodes. The color
|
||||
interpreted as the color of the edge leading to this node. The color is
|
||||
meaningless for the root node, but we color the root node black for
|
||||
convenience. All added nodes are red initially.
|
||||
|
||||
Adding to a red/black tree is rather easy. The right place is searched
|
||||
with a usual binary tree search. Additionally, whenever a node N is
|
||||
reached that has two red successors, the successors are colored black and
|
||||
the node itself colored red. This moves red edges up the tree where they
|
||||
pose less of a problem once we get to really insert the new node. Changing
|
||||
N's color to red may violate rule 2, however, so rotations may become
|
||||
necessary to restore the invariants. Adding a new red leaf may violate
|
||||
the same rule, so afterwards an additional check is run and the tree
|
||||
possibly rotated.
|
||||
|
||||
Deleting is hairy. There are mainly two nodes involved: the node to be
|
||||
deleted (n1), and another node that is to be unchained from the tree (n2).
|
||||
If n1 has a successor (the node with a smallest key that is larger than
|
||||
n1), then the successor becomes n2 and its contents are copied into n1,
|
||||
otherwise n1 becomes n2.
|
||||
Unchaining a node may violate rule 1: if n2 is black, one subtree is
|
||||
missing one black edge afterwards. The algorithm must try to move this
|
||||
error upwards towards the root, so that the subtree that does not have
|
||||
enough black edges becomes the whole tree. Once that happens, the error
|
||||
has disappeared. It may not be necessary to go all the way up, since it
|
||||
is possible that rotations and recoloring can fix the error before that.
|
||||
|
||||
Although the deletion algorithm must walk upwards through the tree, we
|
||||
do not store parent pointers in the nodes. Instead, delete allocates a
|
||||
small array of parent pointers and fills it while descending the tree.
|
||||
Since we know that the length of a path is O(log n), where n is the number
|
||||
of nodes, this is likely to use less memory. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tree rotations look like this:
|
||||
A C
|
||||
/ \ / \
|
||||
B C A G
|
||||
/ \ / \ --> / \
|
||||
D E F G B F
|
||||
/ \
|
||||
D E
|
||||
|
||||
In this case, A has been rotated left. This preserves the ordering of the
|
||||
binary tree. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBINTL
|
||||
# include "tsearch.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <search.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) (const void *, const void *);
|
||||
typedef void (*__action_fn_t) (const void *, VISIT, int);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef weak_alias
|
||||
# define __tsearch tsearch
|
||||
# define __tfind tfind
|
||||
# define __tdelete tdelete
|
||||
# define __twalk twalk
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
/* Inside GNU libc we mark some function in a special way. In other
|
||||
environments simply ignore the marking. */
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct node_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Callers expect this to be the first element in the structure - do not
|
||||
move! */
|
||||
const void *key;
|
||||
struct node_t *left;
|
||||
struct node_t *right;
|
||||
unsigned int red:1;
|
||||
} *node;
|
||||
typedef const struct node_t *const_node;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
/* Routines to check tree invariants. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define CHECK_TREE(a) check_tree(a)
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (node p, int d_sofar, int d_total)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (p == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert (d_sofar == d_total);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (p->left, d_sofar + (p->left && !p->left->red), d_total);
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (p->right, d_sofar + (p->right && !p->right->red), d_total);
|
||||
if (p->left)
|
||||
assert (!(p->left->red && p->red));
|
||||
if (p->right)
|
||||
assert (!(p->right->red && p->red));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
check_tree (node root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cnt = 0;
|
||||
node p;
|
||||
if (root == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
root->red = 0;
|
||||
for(p = root->left; p; p = p->left)
|
||||
cnt += !p->red;
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (root, 0, cnt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#define CHECK_TREE(a)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Possibly "split" a node with two red successors, and/or fix up two red
|
||||
edges in a row. ROOTP is a pointer to the lowest node we visited, PARENTP
|
||||
and GPARENTP pointers to its parent/grandparent. P_R and GP_R contain the
|
||||
comparison values that determined which way was taken in the tree to reach
|
||||
ROOTP. MODE is 1 if we need not do the split, but must check for two red
|
||||
edges between GPARENTP and ROOTP. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
maybe_split_for_insert (node *rootp, node *parentp, node *gparentp,
|
||||
int p_r, int gp_r, int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = *rootp;
|
||||
node *rp, *lp;
|
||||
rp = &(*rootp)->right;
|
||||
lp = &(*rootp)->left;
|
||||
|
||||
/* See if we have to split this node (both successors red). */
|
||||
if (mode == 1
|
||||
|| ((*rp) != NULL && (*lp) != NULL && (*rp)->red && (*lp)->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This node becomes red, its successors black. */
|
||||
root->red = 1;
|
||||
if (*rp)
|
||||
(*rp)->red = 0;
|
||||
if (*lp)
|
||||
(*lp)->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the parent of this node is also red, we have to do
|
||||
rotations. */
|
||||
if (parentp != NULL && (*parentp)->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node gp = *gparentp;
|
||||
node p = *parentp;
|
||||
/* There are two main cases:
|
||||
1. The edge types (left or right) of the two red edges differ.
|
||||
2. Both red edges are of the same type.
|
||||
There exist two symmetries of each case, so there is a total of
|
||||
4 cases. */
|
||||
if ((p_r > 0) != (gp_r > 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Put the child at the top of the tree, with its parent
|
||||
and grandparent as successors. */
|
||||
p->red = 1;
|
||||
gp->red = 1;
|
||||
root->red = 0;
|
||||
if (p_r < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Child is left of parent. */
|
||||
p->left = *rp;
|
||||
*rp = p;
|
||||
gp->right = *lp;
|
||||
*lp = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Child is right of parent. */
|
||||
p->right = *lp;
|
||||
*lp = p;
|
||||
gp->left = *rp;
|
||||
*rp = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*gparentp = root;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*gparentp = *parentp;
|
||||
/* Parent becomes the top of the tree, grandparent and
|
||||
child are its successors. */
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
gp->red = 1;
|
||||
if (p_r < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Left edges. */
|
||||
gp->left = p->right;
|
||||
p->right = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Right edges. */
|
||||
gp->right = p->left;
|
||||
p->left = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find or insert datum into search tree.
|
||||
KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root,
|
||||
COMPAR the ordering function. */
|
||||
void *
|
||||
__tsearch (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node q;
|
||||
node *parentp = NULL, *gparentp = NULL;
|
||||
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
|
||||
node *nextp;
|
||||
int r = 0, p_r = 0, gp_r = 0; /* No they might not, Mr Compiler. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This saves some additional tests below. */
|
||||
if (*rootp != NULL)
|
||||
(*rootp)->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (*rootp);
|
||||
|
||||
nextp = rootp;
|
||||
while (*nextp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = *rootp;
|
||||
r = (*compar) (key, root->key);
|
||||
if (r == 0)
|
||||
return root;
|
||||
|
||||
maybe_split_for_insert (rootp, parentp, gparentp, p_r, gp_r, 0);
|
||||
/* If that did any rotations, parentp and gparentp are now garbage.
|
||||
That doesn't matter, because the values they contain are never
|
||||
used again in that case. */
|
||||
|
||||
nextp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right;
|
||||
if (*nextp == NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
gparentp = parentp;
|
||||
parentp = rootp;
|
||||
rootp = nextp;
|
||||
|
||||
gp_r = p_r;
|
||||
p_r = r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
q = (struct node_t *) malloc (sizeof (struct node_t));
|
||||
if (q != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*nextp = q; /* link new node to old */
|
||||
q->key = key; /* initialize new node */
|
||||
q->red = 1;
|
||||
q->left = q->right = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (nextp != rootp)
|
||||
/* There may be two red edges in a row now, which we must avoid by
|
||||
rotating the tree. */
|
||||
maybe_split_for_insert (nextp, rootp, parentp, r, p_r, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__tsearch, tsearch)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find datum in search tree.
|
||||
KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root,
|
||||
COMPAR the ordering function. */
|
||||
void *
|
||||
__tfind (key, vrootp, compar)
|
||||
const void *key;
|
||||
void *const *vrootp;
|
||||
__compar_fn_t compar;
|
||||
{
|
||||
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (*rootp);
|
||||
|
||||
while (*rootp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = *rootp;
|
||||
int r;
|
||||
|
||||
r = (*compar) (key, root->key);
|
||||
if (r == 0)
|
||||
return root;
|
||||
|
||||
rootp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__tfind, tfind)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Delete node with given key.
|
||||
KEY is the key to be deleted, ROOTP is the address of the root of tree,
|
||||
COMPAR the comparison function. */
|
||||
void *
|
||||
__tdelete (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node p, q, r, retval;
|
||||
int cmp;
|
||||
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
|
||||
node root, unchained;
|
||||
/* Stack of nodes so we remember the parents without recursion. It's
|
||||
_very_ unlikely that there are paths longer than 40 nodes. The tree
|
||||
would need to have around 250.000 nodes. */
|
||||
int stacksize = 100;
|
||||
int sp = 0;
|
||||
node *nodestack[100];
|
||||
|
||||
if (rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
p = *rootp;
|
||||
if (p == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (p);
|
||||
|
||||
while ((cmp = (*compar) (key, (*rootp)->key)) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sp == stacksize)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = rootp;
|
||||
p = *rootp;
|
||||
rootp = ((cmp < 0)
|
||||
? &(*rootp)->left
|
||||
: &(*rootp)->right);
|
||||
if (*rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is bogus if the node to be deleted is the root... this routine
|
||||
really should return an integer with 0 for success, -1 for failure
|
||||
and errno = ESRCH or something. */
|
||||
retval = p;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We don't unchain the node we want to delete. Instead, we overwrite
|
||||
it with its successor and unchain the successor. If there is no
|
||||
successor, we really unchain the node to be deleted. */
|
||||
|
||||
root = *rootp;
|
||||
|
||||
r = root->right;
|
||||
q = root->left;
|
||||
|
||||
if (q == NULL || r == NULL)
|
||||
unchained = root;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
node *parent = rootp, *up = &root->right;
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sp == stacksize)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = parent;
|
||||
parent = up;
|
||||
if ((*up)->left == NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
up = &(*up)->left;
|
||||
}
|
||||
unchained = *up;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We know that either the left or right successor of UNCHAINED is NULL.
|
||||
R becomes the other one, it is chained into the parent of UNCHAINED. */
|
||||
r = unchained->left;
|
||||
if (r == NULL)
|
||||
r = unchained->right;
|
||||
if (sp == 0)
|
||||
*rootp = r;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
q = *nodestack[sp-1];
|
||||
if (unchained == q->right)
|
||||
q->right = r;
|
||||
else
|
||||
q->left = r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (unchained != root)
|
||||
root->key = unchained->key;
|
||||
if (!unchained->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Now we lost a black edge, which means that the number of black
|
||||
edges on every path is no longer constant. We must balance the
|
||||
tree. */
|
||||
/* NODESTACK now contains all parents of R. R is likely to be NULL
|
||||
in the first iteration. */
|
||||
/* NULL nodes are considered black throughout - this is necessary for
|
||||
correctness. */
|
||||
while (sp > 0 && (r == NULL || !r->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
node *pp = nodestack[sp - 1];
|
||||
p = *pp;
|
||||
/* Two symmetric cases. */
|
||||
if (r == p->left)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Q is R's brother, P is R's parent. The subtree with root
|
||||
R has one black edge less than the subtree with root Q. */
|
||||
q = p->right;
|
||||
if (q->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If Q is red, we know that P is black. We rotate P left
|
||||
so that Q becomes the top node in the tree, with P below
|
||||
it. P is colored red, Q is colored black.
|
||||
This action does not change the black edge count for any
|
||||
leaf in the tree, but we will be able to recognize one
|
||||
of the following situations, which all require that Q
|
||||
is black. */
|
||||
q->red = 0;
|
||||
p->red = 1;
|
||||
/* Left rotate p. */
|
||||
p->right = q->left;
|
||||
q->left = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
/* Make sure pp is right if the case below tries to use
|
||||
it. */
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->left;
|
||||
q = p->right;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* We know that Q can't be NULL here. We also know that Q is
|
||||
black. */
|
||||
if ((q->left == NULL || !q->left->red)
|
||||
&& (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Q has two black successors. We can simply color Q red.
|
||||
The whole subtree with root P is now missing one black
|
||||
edge. Note that this action can temporarily make the
|
||||
tree invalid (if P is red). But we will exit the loop
|
||||
in that case and set P black, which both makes the tree
|
||||
valid and also makes the black edge count come out
|
||||
right. If P is black, we are at least one step closer
|
||||
to the root and we'll try again the next iteration. */
|
||||
q->red = 1;
|
||||
r = p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Q is black, one of Q's successors is red. We can
|
||||
repair the tree with one operation and will exit the
|
||||
loop afterwards. */
|
||||
if (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The left one is red. We perform the same action as
|
||||
in maybe_split_for_insert where two red edges are
|
||||
adjacent but point in different directions:
|
||||
Q's left successor (let's call it Q2) becomes the
|
||||
top of the subtree we are looking at, its parent (Q)
|
||||
and grandparent (P) become its successors. The former
|
||||
successors of Q2 are placed below P and Q.
|
||||
P becomes black, and Q2 gets the color that P had.
|
||||
This changes the black edge count only for node R and
|
||||
its successors. */
|
||||
node q2 = q->left;
|
||||
q2->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->right = q2->left;
|
||||
q->left = q2->right;
|
||||
q2->right = q;
|
||||
q2->left = p;
|
||||
*pp = q2;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It's the right one. Rotate P left. P becomes black,
|
||||
and Q gets the color that P had. Q's right successor
|
||||
also becomes black. This changes the black edge
|
||||
count only for node R and its successors. */
|
||||
q->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
q->right->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* left rotate p */
|
||||
p->right = q->left;
|
||||
q->left = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We're done. */
|
||||
sp = 1;
|
||||
r = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Comments: see above. */
|
||||
q = p->left;
|
||||
if (q->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q->red = 0;
|
||||
p->red = 1;
|
||||
p->left = q->right;
|
||||
q->right = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->right;
|
||||
q = p->left;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((q->right == NULL || !q->right->red)
|
||||
&& (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
q->red = 1;
|
||||
r = p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node q2 = q->right;
|
||||
q2->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->left = q2->right;
|
||||
q->right = q2->left;
|
||||
q2->left = q;
|
||||
q2->right = p;
|
||||
*pp = q2;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
q->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
q->left->red = 0;
|
||||
p->left = q->right;
|
||||
q->right = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
sp = 1;
|
||||
r = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
--sp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (r != NULL)
|
||||
r->red = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free (unchained);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__tdelete, tdelete)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Walk the nodes of a tree.
|
||||
ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be
|
||||
called at each node. LEVEL is the level of ROOT in the whole tree. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
trecurse (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action, int level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const_node root = (const_node) vroot;
|
||||
|
||||
if (root->left == NULL && root->right == NULL)
|
||||
(*action) (root, leaf, level);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*action) (root, preorder, level);
|
||||
if (root->left != NULL)
|
||||
trecurse (root->left, action, level + 1);
|
||||
(*action) (root, postorder, level);
|
||||
if (root->right != NULL)
|
||||
trecurse (root->right, action, level + 1);
|
||||
(*action) (root, endorder, level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Walk the nodes of a tree.
|
||||
ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be
|
||||
called at each node. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
__twalk (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const_node root = (const_node) vroot;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (root);
|
||||
|
||||
if (root != NULL && action != NULL)
|
||||
trecurse (root, action, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__twalk, twalk)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
|
||||
/* The standardized functions miss an important functionality: the
|
||||
tree cannot be removed easily. We provide a function to do this. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (node root, __free_fn_t freefct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (root->left != NULL)
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (root->left, freefct);
|
||||
if (root->right != NULL)
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (root->right, freefct);
|
||||
(*freefct) ((void *) root->key);
|
||||
/* Free the node itself. */
|
||||
free (root);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
__tdestroy (void *vroot, __free_fn_t freefct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = (node) vroot;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (root);
|
||||
|
||||
if (root != NULL)
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (root, freefct);
|
||||
}
|
||||
weak_alias (__tdestroy, tdestroy)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LIBC */
|
||||
83
project/jni/intl/src/tsearch.h
Normal file
83
project/jni/intl/src/tsearch.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
||||
/* Binary tree data structure.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _TSEARCH_H
|
||||
#define _TSEARCH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_TSEARCH
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get tseach(), tfind(), tdelete(), twalk() declarations. */
|
||||
#include <search.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* See <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/search.h.html>,
|
||||
<http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/tsearch.html>
|
||||
for details. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
preorder,
|
||||
postorder,
|
||||
endorder,
|
||||
leaf
|
||||
}
|
||||
VISIT;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
|
||||
If one is found, it is returned. Otherwise, a new element equal to KEY
|
||||
is inserted in the tree and is returned. */
|
||||
extern void * tsearch (const void *key, void **vrootp,
|
||||
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
|
||||
If one is found, it is returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned. */
|
||||
extern void * tfind (const void *key, void *const *vrootp,
|
||||
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
|
||||
If one is found, it is removed from the tree, and its parent node is
|
||||
returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned. */
|
||||
extern void * tdelete (const void *key, void **vrootp,
|
||||
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Perform a depth-first, left-to-right traversal of the tree VROOT.
|
||||
The ACTION function is called:
|
||||
- for non-leaf nodes: 3 times, before the left subtree traversal,
|
||||
after the left subtree traversal but before the right subtree traversal,
|
||||
and after the right subtree traversal,
|
||||
- for leaf nodes: once.
|
||||
The arguments passed to ACTION are:
|
||||
1. the node; it can be casted to a 'const void * const *', i.e. into a
|
||||
pointer to the key,
|
||||
2. an indicator which visit of the node this is,
|
||||
3. the level of the node in the tree (0 for the root). */
|
||||
extern void twalk (const void *vroot,
|
||||
void (*action) (const void *, VISIT, int));
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _TSEARCH_H */
|
||||
5568
project/jni/intl/src/vasnprintf.c
Normal file
5568
project/jni/intl/src/vasnprintf.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
78
project/jni/intl/src/vasnprintf.h
Normal file
78
project/jni/intl/src/vasnprintf.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
|
||||
/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H
|
||||
#define _VASNPRINTF_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __attribute__
|
||||
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
|
||||
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
|
||||
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
|
||||
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
|
||||
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
|
||||
# define __format__ format
|
||||
# define __printf__ printf
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
|
||||
You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
|
||||
size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
|
||||
If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
|
||||
if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
|
||||
number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
|
||||
errno and return NULL.
|
||||
|
||||
When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left
|
||||
alone (with possibly modified contents). This makes it possible to use
|
||||
a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this:
|
||||
|
||||
char buf[100];
|
||||
size_t len = sizeof (buf);
|
||||
char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args);
|
||||
if (output == NULL)
|
||||
... error handling ...;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
... use the output string ...;
|
||||
if (output != buf)
|
||||
free (output);
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
|
||||
extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)));
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */
|
||||
46
project/jni/intl/src/vasnwprintf.h
Normal file
46
project/jni/intl/src/vasnwprintf.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
||||
/* vswprintf with automatic memory allocation.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _VASNWPRINTF_H
|
||||
#define _VASNWPRINTF_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get wchar_t, size_t. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
|
||||
You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
|
||||
size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
|
||||
If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
|
||||
if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
|
||||
number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
|
||||
errno and return NULL. */
|
||||
extern wchar_t * asnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, ...);
|
||||
extern wchar_t * vasnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, va_list args);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _VASNWPRINTF_H */
|
||||
26
project/jni/intl/src/version.c
Normal file
26
project/jni/intl/src/version.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
/* libintl library version.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
|
||||
int libintl_version = LIBINTL_VERSION;
|
||||
75
project/jni/intl/src/wprintf-parse.h
Normal file
75
project/jni/intl/src/wprintf-parse.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
/* Parse printf format string.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
#define _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "printf-args.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flags */
|
||||
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
|
||||
|
||||
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
|
||||
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed directive. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
const wchar_t* dir_start;
|
||||
const wchar_t* dir_end;
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
const wchar_t* width_start;
|
||||
const wchar_t* width_end;
|
||||
size_t width_arg_index;
|
||||
const wchar_t* precision_start;
|
||||
const wchar_t* precision_end;
|
||||
size_t precision_arg_index;
|
||||
wchar_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
|
||||
size_t arg_index;
|
||||
}
|
||||
wchar_t_directive;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed format string. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count;
|
||||
wchar_t_directive *dir;
|
||||
size_t max_width_length;
|
||||
size_t max_precision_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
wchar_t_directives;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
|
||||
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
|
||||
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
|
||||
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int wprintf_parse (const wchar_t *format, wchar_t_directives *d, arguments *a);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _WPRINTF_PARSE_H */
|
||||
109
project/jni/intl/src/xsize.h
Normal file
109
project/jni/intl/src/xsize.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
|
||||
/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _XSIZE_H
|
||||
#define _XSIZE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get SIZE_MAX. */
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#if HAVE_STDINT_H
|
||||
# include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of
|
||||
type size_t. Example:
|
||||
void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size).
|
||||
These computations can lead to overflow. When this happens, malloc()
|
||||
returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then
|
||||
crashes while attempting to fill the memory.
|
||||
To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow.
|
||||
The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow.
|
||||
malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc
|
||||
implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p()
|
||||
or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc().
|
||||
The example thus becomes:
|
||||
size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size));
|
||||
void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t. */
|
||||
#define xcast_size_t(N) \
|
||||
((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
|
||||
static inline size_t
|
||||
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t sum = size1 + size2;
|
||||
return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check. */
|
||||
static inline size_t
|
||||
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check. */
|
||||
static inline size_t
|
||||
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
|
||||
static inline size_t
|
||||
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n:
|
||||
max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX. */
|
||||
return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check.
|
||||
The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0.
|
||||
This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it works correctly even
|
||||
when N is of a wider type and N > SIZE_MAX. */
|
||||
#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \
|
||||
((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for overflow. */
|
||||
#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \
|
||||
((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX)
|
||||
/* Check against overflow. */
|
||||
#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \
|
||||
((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _XSIZE_H */
|
||||
@@ -1 +1 @@
|
||||
../sdl/sdl-1.3
|
||||
../sdl/sdl-1.2
|
||||
18
project/jni/sdl_gfx/Android.mk
Normal file
18
project/jni/sdl_gfx/Android.mk
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
|
||||
LOCAL_PATH := $(call my-dir)
|
||||
|
||||
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
|
||||
|
||||
LOCAL_MODULE := sdl_gfx
|
||||
|
||||
LOCAL_CFLAGS := -I$(LOCAL_PATH) -I$(LOCAL_PATH)/.. \
|
||||
-I$(LOCAL_PATH)/../sdl/include -Os
|
||||
|
||||
LOCAL_CPP_EXTENSION := .cpp
|
||||
|
||||
# Note this simple makefile var substitution, you can find even simpler examples in different Android projects
|
||||
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := $(notdir $(wildcard $(LOCAL_PATH)/*.c))
|
||||
|
||||
LOCAL_SHARED_LIBRARIES := sdl
|
||||
|
||||
include $(BUILD_SHARED_LIBRARY)
|
||||
|
||||
458
project/jni/sdl_gfx/COPYING
Normal file
458
project/jni/sdl_gfx/COPYING
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
|
||||
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2.1, February 1999
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
|
||||
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
|
||||
the version number 2.1.]
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
|
||||
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
|
||||
|
||||
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
|
||||
specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
|
||||
can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
|
||||
this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
|
||||
strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
|
||||
not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
|
||||
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
|
||||
for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
|
||||
it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
|
||||
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
|
||||
these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
|
||||
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
|
||||
you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
|
||||
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
|
||||
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
|
||||
code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
|
||||
complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
|
||||
with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
|
||||
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
|
||||
library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
|
||||
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
|
||||
there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
|
||||
modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
|
||||
that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
|
||||
author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
|
||||
introduced by others.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
|
||||
any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
|
||||
effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
|
||||
restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
|
||||
any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
|
||||
consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
|
||||
|
||||
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
|
||||
ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
|
||||
General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
|
||||
is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
|
||||
this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
|
||||
libraries into non-free programs.
|
||||
|
||||
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
|
||||
a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
|
||||
combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
|
||||
General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
|
||||
entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
|
||||
Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
|
||||
the library.
|
||||
|
||||
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
|
||||
does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
|
||||
Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
|
||||
of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
|
||||
are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
|
||||
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
|
||||
special circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
|
||||
encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
|
||||
a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
|
||||
allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
|
||||
library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
|
||||
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
|
||||
software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
|
||||
programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
|
||||
free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
|
||||
non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
|
||||
operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
|
||||
users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
|
||||
linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
|
||||
that program using a modified version of the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
|
||||
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
|
||||
former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
|
||||
be combined with the library in order to run.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
|
||||
program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
|
||||
other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
|
||||
this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
|
||||
Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
|
||||
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
|
||||
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
|
||||
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
|
||||
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
|
||||
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
|
||||
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
|
||||
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
|
||||
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
|
||||
|
||||
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
|
||||
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
|
||||
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
|
||||
and installation of the library.
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
|
||||
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
|
||||
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
|
||||
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
|
||||
and what the program that uses the Library does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
|
||||
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
|
||||
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
|
||||
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
|
||||
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
|
||||
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
|
||||
Library.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
|
||||
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
|
||||
fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
|
||||
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
|
||||
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
|
||||
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
|
||||
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
|
||||
in the event an application does not supply such function or
|
||||
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
|
||||
its purpose remains meaningful.
|
||||
|
||||
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
|
||||
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
|
||||
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
|
||||
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
|
||||
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
|
||||
root function must still compute square roots.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
|
||||
it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
|
||||
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
|
||||
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
|
||||
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
|
||||
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
|
||||
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
|
||||
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
|
||||
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
|
||||
these notices.
|
||||
|
||||
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
|
||||
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
|
||||
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
|
||||
the Library into a program that is not a library.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
|
||||
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
|
||||
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
|
||||
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
|
||||
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
|
||||
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
|
||||
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
|
||||
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
|
||||
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
|
||||
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
|
||||
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
|
||||
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
|
||||
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
|
||||
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
|
||||
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
|
||||
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
|
||||
|
||||
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
|
||||
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
|
||||
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
|
||||
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
|
||||
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
|
||||
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
|
||||
|
||||
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
|
||||
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
|
||||
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
|
||||
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
|
||||
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
|
||||
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
|
||||
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
|
||||
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
|
||||
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
|
||||
|
||||
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
|
||||
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
|
||||
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
|
||||
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
|
||||
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
|
||||
engineering for debugging such modifications.
|
||||
|
||||
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
|
||||
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
|
||||
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
|
||||
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
|
||||
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
|
||||
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
|
||||
of these things:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
|
||||
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
|
||||
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
|
||||
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
|
||||
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
|
||||
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
|
||||
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
|
||||
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
|
||||
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
|
||||
to use the modified definitions.)
|
||||
|
||||
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
|
||||
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
|
||||
copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
|
||||
rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
|
||||
will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
|
||||
the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
|
||||
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
|
||||
least three years, to give the same user the materials
|
||||
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
|
||||
than the cost of performing this distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
|
||||
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
|
||||
specified materials from the same place.
|
||||
|
||||
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
|
||||
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
|
||||
|
||||
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
|
||||
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
|
||||
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
|
||||
the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
|
||||
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
|
||||
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
|
||||
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
|
||||
the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
|
||||
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
|
||||
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
|
||||
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
|
||||
distribute.
|
||||
|
||||
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
|
||||
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
|
||||
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
|
||||
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
|
||||
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
|
||||
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
|
||||
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
|
||||
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
|
||||
Sections above.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
|
||||
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
|
||||
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
|
||||
|
||||
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
|
||||
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
|
||||
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
|
||||
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
|
||||
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
|
||||
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
|
||||
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
|
||||
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Library or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
|
||||
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
|
||||
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
|
||||
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
|
||||
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
|
||||
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
|
||||
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
|
||||
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
|
||||
written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
|
||||
versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
|
||||
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
|
||||
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
|
||||
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
|
||||
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
|
||||
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
|
||||
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
|
||||
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
|
||||
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
|
||||
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
|
||||
and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
|
||||
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
|
||||
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
|
||||
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
|
||||
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
|
||||
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
|
||||
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
|
||||
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
|
||||
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
|
||||
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
|
||||
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
|
||||
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
|
||||
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
|
||||
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
|
||||
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
|
||||
DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
135
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_framerate.c
Normal file
135
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_framerate.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_framerate: framerate manager
|
||||
|
||||
LGPL (c) A. Schiffler
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SDL_framerate.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Initialize the framerate manager.
|
||||
|
||||
Initialize the framerate manager, set default framerate of 30Hz and
|
||||
reset delay interpolation.
|
||||
|
||||
\param manager Pointer to the framerate manager.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SDL_initFramerate(FPSmanager * manager)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Store some sane values
|
||||
*/
|
||||
manager->framecount = 0;
|
||||
manager->rate = FPS_DEFAULT;
|
||||
manager->rateticks = (1000.0f / (float) FPS_DEFAULT);
|
||||
manager->lastticks = SDL_GetTicks();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Set the framerate in Hz
|
||||
|
||||
Sets a new framerate for the manager and reset delay interpolation.
|
||||
Rate values must be between FPS_LOWER_LIMIT and FPS_UPPER_LIMIT inclusive to be accepted.
|
||||
|
||||
\param manager Pointer to the framerate manager.
|
||||
\param rate The new framerate in Hz (frames per second).
|
||||
|
||||
\return 0 for sucess and -1 for error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int SDL_setFramerate(FPSmanager * manager, int rate)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((rate >= FPS_LOWER_LIMIT) && (rate <= FPS_UPPER_LIMIT)) {
|
||||
manager->framecount = 0;
|
||||
manager->rate = rate;
|
||||
manager->rateticks = (1000.0f / (float) rate);
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return (-1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Return the current target framerate in Hz
|
||||
|
||||
Get the currently set framerate of the manager.
|
||||
|
||||
\param manager Pointer to the framerate manager.
|
||||
|
||||
\return Current framerate in Hz or -1 for error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int SDL_getFramerate(FPSmanager * manager)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (manager == NULL) {
|
||||
return (-1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return (manager->rate);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Return the current framecount.
|
||||
|
||||
Get the current framecount from the framerate manager.
|
||||
A frame is counted each time SDL_framerateDelay is called.
|
||||
|
||||
\param manager Pointer to the framerate manager.
|
||||
|
||||
\return Current frame count or -1 for error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int SDL_getFramecount(FPSmanager * manager)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (manager == NULL) {
|
||||
return (-1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return ((Uint32)manager->framecount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Delay execution to maintain a constant framerate and calculate fps.
|
||||
|
||||
Generate a delay to accomodate currently set framerate. Call once in the
|
||||
graphics/rendering loop. If the computer cannot keep up with the rate (i.e.
|
||||
drawing too slow), the delay is zero and the delay interpolation is reset.
|
||||
|
||||
\param manager Pointer to the framerate manager.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SDL_framerateDelay(FPSmanager * manager)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Uint32 current_ticks;
|
||||
Uint32 target_ticks;
|
||||
Uint32 the_delay;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* No manager, no delay
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (manager == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Initialize uninitialized manager
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (manager->lastticks == 0)
|
||||
SDL_initFramerate(manager);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Next frame
|
||||
*/
|
||||
manager->framecount++;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get/calc ticks
|
||||
*/
|
||||
current_ticks = SDL_GetTicks();
|
||||
target_ticks = manager->lastticks + (Uint32) ((float) manager->framecount * manager->rateticks);
|
||||
|
||||
if (current_ticks <= target_ticks) {
|
||||
the_delay = target_ticks - current_ticks;
|
||||
SDL_Delay(the_delay);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
manager->framecount = 0;
|
||||
manager->lastticks = SDL_GetTicks();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
79
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_framerate.h
Normal file
79
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_framerate.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_framerate: framerate manager
|
||||
|
||||
LGPL (c) A. Schiffler
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _SDL_framerate_h
|
||||
#define _SDL_framerate_h
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* --- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SDL.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------- Definitions */
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Highest possible rate supported by framerate controller in Hz (1/s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FPS_UPPER_LIMIT 200
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Lowest possible rate supported by framerate controller in Hz (1/s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FPS_LOWER_LIMIT 1
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Default rate of framerate controller in Hz (1/s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FPS_DEFAULT 30
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Structure holding the state and timing information of the framerate controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
Uint32 framecount;
|
||||
float rateticks;
|
||||
Uint32 lastticks;
|
||||
Uint32 rate;
|
||||
} FPSmanager;
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------- Function prototypes */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WIN32
|
||||
# ifdef DLL_EXPORT
|
||||
# define SDL_FRAMERATE_SCOPE __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef LIBSDL_GFX_DLL_IMPORT
|
||||
# define SDL_FRAMERATE_SCOPE __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef SDL_FRAMERATE_SCOPE
|
||||
# define SDL_FRAMERATE_SCOPE extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Functions return 0 or value for sucess and -1 for error */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_FRAMERATE_SCOPE void SDL_initFramerate(FPSmanager * manager);
|
||||
SDL_FRAMERATE_SCOPE int SDL_setFramerate(FPSmanager * manager, int rate);
|
||||
SDL_FRAMERATE_SCOPE int SDL_getFramerate(FPSmanager * manager);
|
||||
SDL_FRAMERATE_SCOPE int SDL_getFramecount(FPSmanager * manager);
|
||||
SDL_FRAMERATE_SCOPE void SDL_framerateDelay(FPSmanager * manager);
|
||||
|
||||
/* --- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _SDL_framerate_h */
|
||||
576
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_gfxBlitFunc.c
Normal file
576
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_gfxBlitFunc.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,576 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_gfxBlitFunc: custom blitters (part of SDL_gfx library)
|
||||
|
||||
LGPL (c) A. Schiffler
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SDL_gfxBlitFunc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Alpha adjustment table for custom blitter.
|
||||
|
||||
The table provides values for a modified, non-linear
|
||||
transfer function which maintain brightness.
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static unsigned int GFX_ALPHA_ADJUST_ARRAY[256] = {
|
||||
0, /* 0 */
|
||||
15, /* 1 */
|
||||
22, /* 2 */
|
||||
27, /* 3 */
|
||||
31, /* 4 */
|
||||
35, /* 5 */
|
||||
39, /* 6 */
|
||||
42, /* 7 */
|
||||
45, /* 8 */
|
||||
47, /* 9 */
|
||||
50, /* 10 */
|
||||
52, /* 11 */
|
||||
55, /* 12 */
|
||||
57, /* 13 */
|
||||
59, /* 14 */
|
||||
61, /* 15 */
|
||||
63, /* 16 */
|
||||
65, /* 17 */
|
||||
67, /* 18 */
|
||||
69, /* 19 */
|
||||
71, /* 20 */
|
||||
73, /* 21 */
|
||||
74, /* 22 */
|
||||
76, /* 23 */
|
||||
78, /* 24 */
|
||||
79, /* 25 */
|
||||
81, /* 26 */
|
||||
82, /* 27 */
|
||||
84, /* 28 */
|
||||
85, /* 29 */
|
||||
87, /* 30 */
|
||||
88, /* 31 */
|
||||
90, /* 32 */
|
||||
91, /* 33 */
|
||||
93, /* 34 */
|
||||
94, /* 35 */
|
||||
95, /* 36 */
|
||||
97, /* 37 */
|
||||
98, /* 38 */
|
||||
99, /* 39 */
|
||||
100, /* 40 */
|
||||
102, /* 41 */
|
||||
103, /* 42 */
|
||||
104, /* 43 */
|
||||
105, /* 44 */
|
||||
107, /* 45 */
|
||||
108, /* 46 */
|
||||
109, /* 47 */
|
||||
110, /* 48 */
|
||||
111, /* 49 */
|
||||
112, /* 50 */
|
||||
114, /* 51 */
|
||||
115, /* 52 */
|
||||
116, /* 53 */
|
||||
117, /* 54 */
|
||||
118, /* 55 */
|
||||
119, /* 56 */
|
||||
120, /* 57 */
|
||||
121, /* 58 */
|
||||
122, /* 59 */
|
||||
123, /* 60 */
|
||||
124, /* 61 */
|
||||
125, /* 62 */
|
||||
126, /* 63 */
|
||||
127, /* 64 */
|
||||
128, /* 65 */
|
||||
129, /* 66 */
|
||||
130, /* 67 */
|
||||
131, /* 68 */
|
||||
132, /* 69 */
|
||||
133, /* 70 */
|
||||
134, /* 71 */
|
||||
135, /* 72 */
|
||||
136, /* 73 */
|
||||
137, /* 74 */
|
||||
138, /* 75 */
|
||||
139, /* 76 */
|
||||
140, /* 77 */
|
||||
141, /* 78 */
|
||||
141, /* 79 */
|
||||
142, /* 80 */
|
||||
143, /* 81 */
|
||||
144, /* 82 */
|
||||
145, /* 83 */
|
||||
146, /* 84 */
|
||||
147, /* 85 */
|
||||
148, /* 86 */
|
||||
148, /* 87 */
|
||||
149, /* 88 */
|
||||
150, /* 89 */
|
||||
151, /* 90 */
|
||||
152, /* 91 */
|
||||
153, /* 92 */
|
||||
153, /* 93 */
|
||||
154, /* 94 */
|
||||
155, /* 95 */
|
||||
156, /* 96 */
|
||||
157, /* 97 */
|
||||
158, /* 98 */
|
||||
158, /* 99 */
|
||||
159, /* 100 */
|
||||
160, /* 101 */
|
||||
161, /* 102 */
|
||||
162, /* 103 */
|
||||
162, /* 104 */
|
||||
163, /* 105 */
|
||||
164, /* 106 */
|
||||
165, /* 107 */
|
||||
165, /* 108 */
|
||||
166, /* 109 */
|
||||
167, /* 110 */
|
||||
168, /* 111 */
|
||||
168, /* 112 */
|
||||
169, /* 113 */
|
||||
170, /* 114 */
|
||||
171, /* 115 */
|
||||
171, /* 116 */
|
||||
172, /* 117 */
|
||||
173, /* 118 */
|
||||
174, /* 119 */
|
||||
174, /* 120 */
|
||||
175, /* 121 */
|
||||
176, /* 122 */
|
||||
177, /* 123 */
|
||||
177, /* 124 */
|
||||
178, /* 125 */
|
||||
179, /* 126 */
|
||||
179, /* 127 */
|
||||
180, /* 128 */
|
||||
181, /* 129 */
|
||||
182, /* 130 */
|
||||
182, /* 131 */
|
||||
183, /* 132 */
|
||||
184, /* 133 */
|
||||
184, /* 134 */
|
||||
185, /* 135 */
|
||||
186, /* 136 */
|
||||
186, /* 137 */
|
||||
187, /* 138 */
|
||||
188, /* 139 */
|
||||
188, /* 140 */
|
||||
189, /* 141 */
|
||||
190, /* 142 */
|
||||
190, /* 143 */
|
||||
191, /* 144 */
|
||||
192, /* 145 */
|
||||
192, /* 146 */
|
||||
193, /* 147 */
|
||||
194, /* 148 */
|
||||
194, /* 149 */
|
||||
195, /* 150 */
|
||||
196, /* 151 */
|
||||
196, /* 152 */
|
||||
197, /* 153 */
|
||||
198, /* 154 */
|
||||
198, /* 155 */
|
||||
199, /* 156 */
|
||||
200, /* 157 */
|
||||
200, /* 158 */
|
||||
201, /* 159 */
|
||||
201, /* 160 */
|
||||
202, /* 161 */
|
||||
203, /* 162 */
|
||||
203, /* 163 */
|
||||
204, /* 164 */
|
||||
205, /* 165 */
|
||||
205, /* 166 */
|
||||
206, /* 167 */
|
||||
206, /* 168 */
|
||||
207, /* 169 */
|
||||
208, /* 170 */
|
||||
208, /* 171 */
|
||||
209, /* 172 */
|
||||
210, /* 173 */
|
||||
210, /* 174 */
|
||||
211, /* 175 */
|
||||
211, /* 176 */
|
||||
212, /* 177 */
|
||||
213, /* 178 */
|
||||
213, /* 179 */
|
||||
214, /* 180 */
|
||||
214, /* 181 */
|
||||
215, /* 182 */
|
||||
216, /* 183 */
|
||||
216, /* 184 */
|
||||
217, /* 185 */
|
||||
217, /* 186 */
|
||||
218, /* 187 */
|
||||
218, /* 188 */
|
||||
219, /* 189 */
|
||||
220, /* 190 */
|
||||
220, /* 191 */
|
||||
221, /* 192 */
|
||||
221, /* 193 */
|
||||
222, /* 194 */
|
||||
222, /* 195 */
|
||||
223, /* 196 */
|
||||
224, /* 197 */
|
||||
224, /* 198 */
|
||||
225, /* 199 */
|
||||
225, /* 200 */
|
||||
226, /* 201 */
|
||||
226, /* 202 */
|
||||
227, /* 203 */
|
||||
228, /* 204 */
|
||||
228, /* 205 */
|
||||
229, /* 206 */
|
||||
229, /* 207 */
|
||||
230, /* 208 */
|
||||
230, /* 209 */
|
||||
231, /* 210 */
|
||||
231, /* 211 */
|
||||
232, /* 212 */
|
||||
233, /* 213 */
|
||||
233, /* 214 */
|
||||
234, /* 215 */
|
||||
234, /* 216 */
|
||||
235, /* 217 */
|
||||
235, /* 218 */
|
||||
236, /* 219 */
|
||||
236, /* 220 */
|
||||
237, /* 221 */
|
||||
237, /* 222 */
|
||||
238, /* 223 */
|
||||
238, /* 224 */
|
||||
239, /* 225 */
|
||||
240, /* 226 */
|
||||
240, /* 227 */
|
||||
241, /* 228 */
|
||||
241, /* 229 */
|
||||
242, /* 230 */
|
||||
242, /* 231 */
|
||||
243, /* 232 */
|
||||
243, /* 233 */
|
||||
244, /* 234 */
|
||||
244, /* 235 */
|
||||
245, /* 236 */
|
||||
245, /* 237 */
|
||||
246, /* 238 */
|
||||
246, /* 239 */
|
||||
247, /* 240 */
|
||||
247, /* 241 */
|
||||
248, /* 242 */
|
||||
248, /* 243 */
|
||||
249, /* 244 */
|
||||
249, /* 245 */
|
||||
250, /* 246 */
|
||||
250, /* 247 */
|
||||
251, /* 248 */
|
||||
251, /* 249 */
|
||||
252, /* 250 */
|
||||
252, /* 251 */
|
||||
253, /* 252 */
|
||||
253, /* 253 */
|
||||
254, /* 254 */
|
||||
255 /* 255 */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Internal blitter using adjusted destination alpha during RGBA->RGBA blits.
|
||||
|
||||
Performs the blit based on the 'info' structure and applies the transfer function
|
||||
to the destination 'a' values.
|
||||
|
||||
\param info The blit info to use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _SDL_gfxBlitBlitterRGBA(SDL_gfxBlitInfo * info)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int width = info->d_width;
|
||||
int height = info->d_height;
|
||||
Uint8 *src = info->s_pixels;
|
||||
int srcskip = info->s_skip;
|
||||
Uint8 *dst = info->d_pixels;
|
||||
int dstskip = info->d_skip;
|
||||
SDL_PixelFormat *srcfmt = info->src;
|
||||
SDL_PixelFormat *dstfmt = info->dst;
|
||||
int srcbpp = srcfmt->BytesPerPixel;
|
||||
int dstbpp = dstfmt->BytesPerPixel;
|
||||
|
||||
while (height--) {
|
||||
GFX_DUFFS_LOOP4( {
|
||||
Uint32 pixel;
|
||||
unsigned sR;
|
||||
unsigned sG;
|
||||
unsigned sB;
|
||||
unsigned sA;
|
||||
unsigned dR;
|
||||
unsigned dG;
|
||||
unsigned dB;
|
||||
unsigned dA;
|
||||
unsigned sAA;
|
||||
GFX_DISEMBLE_RGBA(src, srcbpp, srcfmt, pixel, sR, sG, sB, sA);
|
||||
GFX_DISEMBLE_RGBA(dst, dstbpp, dstfmt, pixel, dR, dG, dB, dA);
|
||||
sAA=GFX_ALPHA_ADJUST_ARRAY[sA & 255];
|
||||
GFX_ALPHA_BLEND(sR, sG, sB, sAA, dR, dG, dB);
|
||||
dA |= sAA;
|
||||
GFX_ASSEMBLE_RGBA(dst, dstbpp, dstfmt, dR, dG, dB, dA);
|
||||
src += srcbpp; dst += dstbpp;
|
||||
}, width);
|
||||
src += srcskip;
|
||||
dst += dstskip;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Internal blitter setup wrapper for RGBA->RGBA blits.
|
||||
|
||||
Sets up the blitter info based on the 'src' and 'dst' surfaces and rectangles.
|
||||
|
||||
\param src The source surface.
|
||||
\param srcrect The source rectangle.
|
||||
\param dst The destination surface.
|
||||
\param dstrect The destination rectangle.
|
||||
|
||||
\returns Returns 1 if blit was performed, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _SDL_gfxBlitRGBACall(SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect, SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Set up source and destination buffer pointers, then blit
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (srcrect->w && srcrect->h) {
|
||||
SDL_gfxBlitInfo info;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Set up the blit information
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (SDL_MINOR_VERSION == 3)
|
||||
info.s_pixels = (Uint8 *) src->pixels + (Uint16) srcrect->y * src->pitch + (Uint16) srcrect->x * src->format->BytesPerPixel;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
info.s_pixels = (Uint8 *) src->pixels + src->offset + (Uint16) srcrect->y * src->pitch + (Uint16) srcrect->x * src->format->BytesPerPixel;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
info.s_width = srcrect->w;
|
||||
info.s_height = srcrect->h;
|
||||
info.s_skip = src->pitch - info.s_width * src->format->BytesPerPixel;
|
||||
#if (SDL_MINOR_VERSION == 3)
|
||||
info.d_pixels = (Uint8 *) dst->pixels + (Uint16) dstrect->y * dst->pitch + (Uint16) dstrect->x * dst->format->BytesPerPixel;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
info.d_pixels = (Uint8 *) dst->pixels + dst->offset + (Uint16) dstrect->y * dst->pitch + (Uint16) dstrect->x * dst->format->BytesPerPixel;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
info.d_width = dstrect->w;
|
||||
info.d_height = dstrect->h;
|
||||
info.d_skip = dst->pitch - info.d_width * dst->format->BytesPerPixel;
|
||||
info.aux_data = NULL;
|
||||
info.src = src->format;
|
||||
info.table = NULL;
|
||||
info.dst = dst->format;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Run the actual software blitter
|
||||
*/
|
||||
_SDL_gfxBlitBlitterRGBA(&info);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Blitter for RGBA->RGBA blits with alpha adjustment.
|
||||
|
||||
Verifies the input 'src' and 'dst' surfaces and rectangles and performs blit.
|
||||
The destination clip rectangle is honored.
|
||||
|
||||
\param src The source surface.
|
||||
\param srcrect The source rectangle.
|
||||
\param dst The destination surface.
|
||||
\param dstrect The destination rectangle.
|
||||
|
||||
\returns Returns 1 if blit was performed, 0 otherwise, or -1 if an error occured.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int SDL_gfxBlitRGBA(SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect, SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SDL_Rect sr, dr;
|
||||
int srcx, srcy, w, h;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Make sure the surfaces aren't locked
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (!src || !dst) {
|
||||
SDL_SetError("SDL_UpperBlit: passed a NULL surface");
|
||||
return (-1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (src->locked || dst->locked) {
|
||||
SDL_SetError("Surfaces must not be locked during blit");
|
||||
return (-1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If the destination rectangle is NULL, use the entire dest surface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (dstrect == NULL) {
|
||||
dr.x = dr.y = 0;
|
||||
dr.w = dst->w;
|
||||
dr.h = dst->h;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
dr = *dstrect;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Clip the source rectangle to the source surface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (srcrect) {
|
||||
int maxw, maxh;
|
||||
|
||||
srcx = srcrect->x;
|
||||
w = srcrect->w;
|
||||
if (srcx < 0) {
|
||||
w += srcx;
|
||||
dr.x -= srcx;
|
||||
srcx = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
maxw = src->w - srcx;
|
||||
if (maxw < w)
|
||||
w = maxw;
|
||||
|
||||
srcy = srcrect->y;
|
||||
h = srcrect->h;
|
||||
if (srcy < 0) {
|
||||
h += srcy;
|
||||
dr.y -= srcy;
|
||||
srcy = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
maxh = src->h - srcy;
|
||||
if (maxh < h)
|
||||
h = maxh;
|
||||
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
srcx = srcy = 0;
|
||||
w = src->w;
|
||||
h = src->h;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Clip the destination rectangle against the clip rectangle
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
SDL_Rect *clip = &dst->clip_rect;
|
||||
int dx, dy;
|
||||
|
||||
dx = clip->x - dr.x;
|
||||
if (dx > 0) {
|
||||
w -= dx;
|
||||
dr.x += dx;
|
||||
srcx += dx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dx = dr.x + w - clip->x - clip->w;
|
||||
if (dx > 0)
|
||||
w -= dx;
|
||||
|
||||
dy = clip->y - dr.y;
|
||||
if (dy > 0) {
|
||||
h -= dy;
|
||||
dr.y += dy;
|
||||
srcy += dy;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dy = dr.y + h - clip->y - clip->h;
|
||||
if (dy > 0)
|
||||
h -= dy;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (w > 0 && h > 0) {
|
||||
sr.x = srcx;
|
||||
sr.y = srcy;
|
||||
sr.w = dr.w = w;
|
||||
sr.h = dr.h = h;
|
||||
return (_SDL_gfxBlitRGBACall(src, &sr, dst, &dr));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Sets the alpha channel in a 32 bit surface.
|
||||
|
||||
Helper function that sets the alpha channel in a 32 bit surface
|
||||
to a constant value.
|
||||
Only 32 bit surfaces can be used with this function.
|
||||
|
||||
\param src Pointer to the target surface to change.
|
||||
\param a The alpha value to set.
|
||||
|
||||
\return Returns 1 if alpha was changed, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int SDL_gfxSetAlpha(SDL_Surface *src, Uint8 a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
Uint16 alpha_offset = 0;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
Uint16 alpha_offset = 3;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Uint16 i, j;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if we have a 32bit surface */
|
||||
if ( (src) && (src->format) && (src->format->BytesPerPixel==4) ) {
|
||||
/* Lock and process */
|
||||
if ( SDL_LockSurface(src) == 0 ) {
|
||||
Uint8 *pixels = (Uint8 *)src->pixels;
|
||||
Uint16 row_skip = (src->pitch - (4*src->w));
|
||||
pixels += alpha_offset;
|
||||
for ( i=0; i<src->h; i++ ) {
|
||||
for ( j=0; j<src->w; j++ ) {
|
||||
*pixels = a;
|
||||
pixels += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pixels += row_skip;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SDL_UnlockSurface(src);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Multiply the alpha channel in a 32bit surface.
|
||||
|
||||
Helper function that multiplies the alpha channel in a 32 bit surface
|
||||
with a constant value. The final alpha is always scaled to the range
|
||||
0-255 (i.e. the factor is a/256).
|
||||
Only 32 bit surfaces can be used with this function.
|
||||
|
||||
\param src Pointer to the target surface to change.
|
||||
\param a The alpha value to multiply with.
|
||||
|
||||
\return Returns 1 if alpha was changed, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int SDL_gfxMultiplyAlpha(SDL_Surface *src, Uint8 a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
Uint16 alpha_offset = 0;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
Uint16 alpha_offset = 3;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Uint16 i, j;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if we have a 32bit surface */
|
||||
if ( (src) && (src->format) && (src->format->BytesPerPixel==4) && (a!=255) ) {
|
||||
/* Lock and process */
|
||||
if ( SDL_LockSurface(src) == 0 ) {
|
||||
Uint8 *pixels = (Uint8 *)src->pixels;
|
||||
Uint16 row_skip = (src->pitch - (4*src->w));
|
||||
pixels += alpha_offset;
|
||||
for ( i=0; i<src->h; i++ ) {
|
||||
for ( j=0; j<src->w; j++ ) {
|
||||
*pixels = (Uint8)(((int)(*pixels)*a)>>8);
|
||||
pixels += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pixels += row_skip;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SDL_UnlockSurface(src);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
144
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_gfxBlitFunc.h
Normal file
144
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_gfxBlitFunc.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_gfxBlitFunc: custom blitters (part of SDL_gfx library)
|
||||
|
||||
LGPL (c) A. Schiffler
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _SDL_gfxBlitFunc_h
|
||||
#define _SDL_gfxBlitFunc_h
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <SDL.h>
|
||||
#include <SDL_video.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------- Prototypes */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WIN32
|
||||
# ifdef DLL_EXPORT
|
||||
# define SDL_GFXBLITFUNC_SCOPE __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef LIBSDL_GFX_DLL_IMPORT
|
||||
# define SDL_GFXBLITFUNC_SCOPE __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef SDL_GFXBLITFUNC_SCOPE
|
||||
# define SDL_GFXBLITFUNC_SCOPE extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXBLITFUNC_SCOPE int SDL_gfxBlitRGBA(SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect, SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXBLITFUNC_SCOPE int SDL_gfxSetAlpha(SDL_Surface * src, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXBLITFUNC_SCOPE int SDL_gfxMultiplyAlpha(SDL_Surface * src, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------- Macros */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define SDL macros locally as a substitute for an #include "SDL_blit.h", */
|
||||
/* which doesn't work since the include file doesn't get installed. */
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief The structure passed to the low level blit functions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
Uint8 *s_pixels;
|
||||
int s_width;
|
||||
int s_height;
|
||||
int s_skip;
|
||||
Uint8 *d_pixels;
|
||||
int d_width;
|
||||
int d_height;
|
||||
int d_skip;
|
||||
void *aux_data;
|
||||
SDL_PixelFormat *src;
|
||||
Uint8 *table;
|
||||
SDL_PixelFormat *dst;
|
||||
} SDL_gfxBlitInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Unwrap RGBA values from a pixel using mask, shift and loss for surface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GFX_RGBA_FROM_PIXEL(pixel, fmt, r, g, b, a) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
r = ((pixel&fmt->Rmask)>>fmt->Rshift)<<fmt->Rloss; \
|
||||
g = ((pixel&fmt->Gmask)>>fmt->Gshift)<<fmt->Gloss; \
|
||||
b = ((pixel&fmt->Bmask)>>fmt->Bshift)<<fmt->Bloss; \
|
||||
a = ((pixel&fmt->Amask)>>fmt->Ashift)<<fmt->Aloss; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Disassemble buffer pointer into a pixel and separate RGBA values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GFX_DISEMBLE_RGBA(buf, bpp, fmt, pixel, r, g, b, a) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
pixel = *((Uint32 *)(buf)); \
|
||||
GFX_RGBA_FROM_PIXEL(pixel, fmt, r, g, b, a); \
|
||||
pixel &= ~fmt->Amask; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Wrap a pixel from RGBA values using mask, shift and loss for surface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GFX_PIXEL_FROM_RGBA(pixel, fmt, r, g, b, a) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
pixel = ((r>>fmt->Rloss)<<fmt->Rshift)| \
|
||||
((g>>fmt->Gloss)<<fmt->Gshift)| \
|
||||
((b>>fmt->Bloss)<<fmt->Bshift)| \
|
||||
((a<<fmt->Aloss)<<fmt->Ashift); \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Assemble pixel into buffer pointer from separate RGBA values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GFX_ASSEMBLE_RGBA(buf, bpp, fmt, r, g, b, a) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
Uint32 pixel; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
GFX_PIXEL_FROM_RGBA(pixel, fmt, r, g, b, a); \
|
||||
*((Uint32 *)(buf)) = pixel; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Blend the RGB values of two pixels based on a source alpha value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GFX_ALPHA_BLEND(sR, sG, sB, A, dR, dG, dB) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
dR = (((sR-dR)*(A))/255)+dR; \
|
||||
dG = (((sG-dG)*(A))/255)+dG; \
|
||||
dB = (((sB-dB)*(A))/255)+dB; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief 4-times unrolled DUFFs loop.
|
||||
|
||||
This is a very useful loop for optimizing blitters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GFX_DUFFS_LOOP4(pixel_copy_increment, width) \
|
||||
{ int n = (width+3)/4; \
|
||||
switch (width & 3) { \
|
||||
case 0: do { pixel_copy_increment; \
|
||||
case 3: pixel_copy_increment; \
|
||||
case 2: pixel_copy_increment; \
|
||||
case 1: pixel_copy_increment; \
|
||||
} while ( --n > 0 ); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _SDL_gfxBlitFunc_h */
|
||||
5873
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_gfxPrimitives.c
Normal file
5873
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_gfxPrimitives.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
208
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_gfxPrimitives.h
Normal file
208
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_gfxPrimitives.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_gfxPrimitives: graphics primitives for SDL
|
||||
|
||||
LGPL (c) A. Schiffler
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _SDL_gfxPrimitives_h
|
||||
#define _SDL_gfxPrimitives_h
|
||||
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#ifndef M_PI
|
||||
#define M_PI 3.1415926535897932384626433832795
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SDL.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ----- Versioning */
|
||||
|
||||
#define SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_MAJOR 2
|
||||
#define SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_MINOR 0
|
||||
#define SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_MICRO 21
|
||||
|
||||
/* ----- W32 DLL interface */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WIN32
|
||||
# ifdef DLL_EXPORT
|
||||
# define SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef LIBSDL_GFX_DLL_IMPORT
|
||||
# define SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE
|
||||
# define SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ----- Prototypes */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: all ___Color routines expect the color to be in format 0xRRGGBBAA */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pixel */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int pixelColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int pixelRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Horizontal line */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int hlineColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 x2, Sint16 y, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int hlineRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 x2, Sint16 y, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Vertical line */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int vlineColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y1, Sint16 y2, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int vlineRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y1, Sint16 y2, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Rectangle */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int rectangleColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1, Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int rectangleRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1,
|
||||
Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Filled rectangle (Box) */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int boxColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1, Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int boxRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1, Sint16 x2,
|
||||
Sint16 y2, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Line */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int lineColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1, Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int lineRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1,
|
||||
Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* AA Line */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int aalineColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1, Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int aalineRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1,
|
||||
Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Circle */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int circleColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Sint16 rad, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int circleRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Sint16 rad, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Arc */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int arcColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Sint16 rad, Sint16 start, Sint16 end, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int arcRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Sint16 rad, Sint16 start, Sint16 end,
|
||||
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* AA Circle */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int aacircleColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Sint16 rad, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int aacircleRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y,
|
||||
Sint16 rad, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Filled Circle */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int filledCircleColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Sint16 r, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int filledCircleRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y,
|
||||
Sint16 rad, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ellipse */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int ellipseColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Sint16 rx, Sint16 ry, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int ellipseRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y,
|
||||
Sint16 rx, Sint16 ry, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* AA Ellipse */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int aaellipseColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Sint16 rx, Sint16 ry, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int aaellipseRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y,
|
||||
Sint16 rx, Sint16 ry, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Filled Ellipse */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int filledEllipseColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Sint16 rx, Sint16 ry, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int filledEllipseRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y,
|
||||
Sint16 rx, Sint16 ry, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pie */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int pieColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Sint16 rad,
|
||||
Sint16 start, Sint16 end, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int pieRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Sint16 rad,
|
||||
Sint16 start, Sint16 end, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Filled Pie */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int filledPieColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Sint16 rad,
|
||||
Sint16 start, Sint16 end, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int filledPieRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Sint16 rad,
|
||||
Sint16 start, Sint16 end, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Trigon */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int trigonColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1, Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2, Sint16 x3, Sint16 y3, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int trigonRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1, Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2, Sint16 x3, Sint16 y3,
|
||||
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* AA-Trigon */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int aatrigonColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1, Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2, Sint16 x3, Sint16 y3, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int aatrigonRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1, Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2, Sint16 x3, Sint16 y3,
|
||||
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Filled Trigon */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int filledTrigonColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1, Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2, Sint16 x3, Sint16 y3, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int filledTrigonRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1, Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2, Sint16 x3, Sint16 y3,
|
||||
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Polygon */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int polygonColor(SDL_Surface * dst, const Sint16 * vx, const Sint16 * vy, int n, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int polygonRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, const Sint16 * vx, const Sint16 * vy,
|
||||
int n, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* AA-Polygon */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int aapolygonColor(SDL_Surface * dst, const Sint16 * vx, const Sint16 * vy, int n, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int aapolygonRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, const Sint16 * vx, const Sint16 * vy,
|
||||
int n, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Filled Polygon */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int filledPolygonColor(SDL_Surface * dst, const Sint16 * vx, const Sint16 * vy, int n, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int filledPolygonRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, const Sint16 * vx,
|
||||
const Sint16 * vy, int n, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int texturedPolygon(SDL_Surface * dst, const Sint16 * vx, const Sint16 * vy, int n, SDL_Surface * texture,int texture_dx,int texture_dy);
|
||||
|
||||
/* (Note: These MT versions are required for multi-threaded operation.) */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int filledPolygonColorMT(SDL_Surface * dst, const Sint16 * vx, const Sint16 * vy, int n, Uint32 color, int **polyInts, int *polyAllocated);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int filledPolygonRGBAMT(SDL_Surface * dst, const Sint16 * vx,
|
||||
const Sint16 * vy, int n, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a,
|
||||
int **polyInts, int *polyAllocated);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int texturedPolygonMT(SDL_Surface * dst, const Sint16 * vx, const Sint16 * vy, int n, SDL_Surface * texture,int texture_dx,int texture_dy, int **polyInts, int *polyAllocated);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Bezier */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int bezierColor(SDL_Surface * dst, const Sint16 * vx, const Sint16 * vy, int n, int s, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int bezierRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, const Sint16 * vx, const Sint16 * vy,
|
||||
int n, int s, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Characters/Strings */
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE void gfxPrimitivesSetFont(const void *fontdata, Uint32 cw, Uint32 ch);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE void gfxPrimitivesSetFontRotation(Uint32 rotation);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int characterColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, char c, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int characterRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, char c, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int stringColor(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, const char *s, Uint32 color);
|
||||
SDL_GFXPRIMITIVES_SCOPE int stringRGBA(SDL_Surface * dst, Sint16 x, Sint16 y, const char *s, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _SDL_gfxPrimitives_h */
|
||||
3082
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_gfxPrimitives_font.h
Normal file
3082
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_gfxPrimitives_font.h
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
7556
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_imageFilter.c
Normal file
7556
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_imageFilter.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
195
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_imageFilter.h
Normal file
195
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_imageFilter.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_imageFilter - bytes-image "filter" routines
|
||||
(uses inline x86 MMX optimizations if available)
|
||||
|
||||
LGPL (c) A. Schiffler
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _SDL_imageFilter_h
|
||||
#define _SDL_imageFilter_h
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------ Function Prototypes ------ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WIN32
|
||||
# ifdef DLL_EXPORT
|
||||
# define SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef LIBSDL_GFX_DLL_IMPORT
|
||||
# define SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE
|
||||
# define SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Comments: */
|
||||
/* 1.) MMX functions work best if all data blocks are aligned on a 32 bytes boundary. */
|
||||
/* 2.) Data that is not within an 8 byte boundary is processed using the C routine. */
|
||||
/* 3.) Convolution routines do not have C routines at this time. */
|
||||
|
||||
// Detect MMX capability in CPU
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterMMXdetect(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Force use of MMX off (or turn possible use back on)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE void SDL_imageFilterMMXoff(void);
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE void SDL_imageFilterMMXon(void);
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All routines return:
|
||||
// 0 OK
|
||||
// -1 Error (internal error, parameter error)
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterAdd: D = saturation255(S1 + S2)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterAdd(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Src2, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterMean: D = S1/2 + S2/2
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterMean(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Src2, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterSub: D = saturation0(S1 - S2)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterSub(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Src2, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterAbsDiff: D = | S1 - S2 |
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterAbsDiff(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Src2, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterMult: D = saturation(S1 * S2)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterMult(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Src2, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterMultNor: D = S1 * S2 (non-MMX)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterMultNor(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Src2, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterMultDivby2: D = saturation255(S1/2 * S2)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterMultDivby2(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Src2, unsigned char *Dest,
|
||||
unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterMultDivby4: D = saturation255(S1/2 * S2/2)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterMultDivby4(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Src2, unsigned char *Dest,
|
||||
unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterBitAnd: D = S1 & S2
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterBitAnd(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Src2, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterBitOr: D = S1 | S2
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterBitOr(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Src2, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterDiv: D = S1 / S2 (non-MMX)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterDiv(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Src2, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterBitNegation: D = !S
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterBitNegation(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterAddByte: D = saturation255(S + C)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterAddByte(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length, unsigned char C);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterAddUint: D = saturation255(S + (uint)C)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterAddUint(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length, unsigned int C);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterAddByteToHalf: D = saturation255(S/2 + C)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterAddByteToHalf(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length,
|
||||
unsigned char C);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterSubByte: D = saturation0(S - C)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterSubByte(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length, unsigned char C);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterSubUint: D = saturation0(S - (uint)C)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterSubUint(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length, unsigned int C);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterShiftRight: D = saturation0(S >> N)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterShiftRight(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length, unsigned char N);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterShiftRightUint: D = saturation0((uint)S >> N)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterShiftRightUint(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length, unsigned char N);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterMultByByte: D = saturation255(S * C)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterMultByByte(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length, unsigned char C);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterShiftRightAndMultByByte: D = saturation255((S >> N) * C)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterShiftRightAndMultByByte(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length,
|
||||
unsigned char N, unsigned char C);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterShiftLeftByte: D = (S << N)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterShiftLeftByte(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length,
|
||||
unsigned char N);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterShiftLeftUint: D = ((uint)S << N)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterShiftLeftUint(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length,
|
||||
unsigned char N);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterShiftLeft: D = saturation255(S << N)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterShiftLeft(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length, unsigned char N);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterBinarizeUsingThreshold: D = S >= T ? 255:0
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterBinarizeUsingThreshold(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length,
|
||||
unsigned char T);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterClipToRange: D = (S >= Tmin) & (S <= Tmax) 255:0
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterClipToRange(unsigned char *Src1, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length,
|
||||
unsigned char Tmin, unsigned char Tmax);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterNormalizeLinear: D = saturation255((Nmax - Nmin)/(Cmax - Cmin)*(S - Cmin) + Nmin)
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterNormalizeLinear(unsigned char *Src, unsigned char *Dest, unsigned int length, int Cmin,
|
||||
int Cmax, int Nmin, int Nmax);
|
||||
|
||||
/* !!! NO C-ROUTINE FOR THESE FUNCTIONS YET !!! */
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel3x3Divide: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel3x3Divide(unsigned char *Src, unsigned char *Dest, int rows,
|
||||
int columns, signed short *Kernel, unsigned char Divisor);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel5x5Divide: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel5x5Divide(unsigned char *Src, unsigned char *Dest, int rows,
|
||||
int columns, signed short *Kernel, unsigned char Divisor);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel7x7Divide: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel7x7Divide(unsigned char *Src, unsigned char *Dest, int rows,
|
||||
int columns, signed short *Kernel, unsigned char Divisor);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel9x9Divide: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel9x9Divide(unsigned char *Src, unsigned char *Dest, int rows,
|
||||
int columns, signed short *Kernel, unsigned char Divisor);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel3x3ShiftRight: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel3x3ShiftRight(unsigned char *Src, unsigned char *Dest, int rows,
|
||||
int columns, signed short *Kernel,
|
||||
unsigned char NRightShift);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel5x5ShiftRight: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel5x5ShiftRight(unsigned char *Src, unsigned char *Dest, int rows,
|
||||
int columns, signed short *Kernel,
|
||||
unsigned char NRightShift);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel7x7ShiftRight: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel7x7ShiftRight(unsigned char *Src, unsigned char *Dest, int rows,
|
||||
int columns, signed short *Kernel,
|
||||
unsigned char NRightShift);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel9x9ShiftRight: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel9x9ShiftRight(unsigned char *Src, unsigned char *Dest, int rows,
|
||||
int columns, signed short *Kernel,
|
||||
unsigned char NRightShift);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterSobelX: Dij = saturation255( ... )
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterSobelX(unsigned char *Src, unsigned char *Dest, int rows, int columns);
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL_imageFilterSobelXShiftRight: Dij = saturation255( ... )
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE int SDL_imageFilterSobelXShiftRight(unsigned char *Src, unsigned char *Dest, int rows, int columns,
|
||||
unsigned char NRightShift);
|
||||
|
||||
// Align/restore stack to 32 byte boundary -- Functionality untested! --
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE void SDL_imageFilterAlignStack(void);
|
||||
SDL_IMAGEFILTER_SCOPE void SDL_imageFilterRestoreStack(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _SDL_imageFilter_h */
|
||||
1593
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_rotozoom.c
Normal file
1593
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_rotozoom.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
103
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_rotozoom.h
Normal file
103
project/jni/sdl_gfx/SDL_rotozoom.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_rotozoom - rotozoomer
|
||||
|
||||
LGPL (c) A. Schiffler
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _SDL_rotozoom_h
|
||||
#define _SDL_rotozoom_h
|
||||
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef M_PI
|
||||
#define M_PI 3.141592654
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SDL.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* ---- Defines */
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Disable anti-aliasing (no smoothing).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SMOOTHING_OFF 0
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Enable anti-aliasing (smoothing).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SMOOTHING_ON 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* ---- Prototypes */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WIN32
|
||||
# ifdef DLL_EXPORT
|
||||
# define SDL_ROTOZOOM_SCOPE __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef LIBSDL_GFX_DLL_IMPORT
|
||||
# define SDL_ROTOZOOM_SCOPE __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef SDL_ROTOZOOM_SCOPE
|
||||
# define SDL_ROTOZOOM_SCOPE extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Rotozoom functions
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_ROTOZOOM_SCOPE SDL_Surface *rotozoomSurface(SDL_Surface * src, double angle, double zoom, int smooth);
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_ROTOZOOM_SCOPE SDL_Surface *rotozoomSurfaceXY
|
||||
(SDL_Surface * src, double angle, double zoomx, double zoomy, int smooth);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_ROTOZOOM_SCOPE void rotozoomSurfaceSize(int width, int height, double angle, double zoom, int *dstwidth,
|
||||
int *dstheight);
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_ROTOZOOM_SCOPE void rotozoomSurfaceSizeXY
|
||||
(int width, int height, double angle, double zoomx, double zoomy,
|
||||
int *dstwidth, int *dstheight);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Zooming functions
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_ROTOZOOM_SCOPE SDL_Surface *zoomSurface(SDL_Surface * src, double zoomx, double zoomy, int smooth);
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_ROTOZOOM_SCOPE void zoomSurfaceSize(int width, int height, double zoomx, double zoomy, int *dstwidth, int *dstheight);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Shrinking functions
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_ROTOZOOM_SCOPE SDL_Surface *shrinkSurface(SDL_Surface * src, int factorx, int factory);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Specialized rotation functions
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_ROTOZOOM_SCOPE SDL_Surface* rotateSurface90Degrees(SDL_Surface* src, int numClockwiseTurns);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _SDL_rotozoom_h */
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<resources>
|
||||
<string name="app_name">Alien Blaster</string>
|
||||
<string name="app_name">OpenTyrian</string>
|
||||
</resources>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
// This string is autogenerated by ChangeAppSettings.sh, do not change spaces amount
|
||||
package de.schwardtnet.alienblaster;
|
||||
package com.googlecode.opentyrian;
|
||||
|
||||
import android.app.Activity;
|
||||
import android.content.Context;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
// This string is autogenerated by ChangeAppSettings.sh, do not change spaces amount
|
||||
package de.schwardtnet.alienblaster;
|
||||
package com.googlecode.opentyrian;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
import android.app.Activity;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
// This string is autogenerated by ChangeAppSettings.sh, do not change spaces amount
|
||||
package de.schwardtnet.alienblaster;
|
||||
package com.googlecode.opentyrian;
|
||||
|
||||
import android.app.Activity;
|
||||
import android.content.Context;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
|
||||
fixed with a hammer and rasp to work with libSDL port */
|
||||
|
||||
// This string is autogenerated by ChangeAppSettings.sh, do not change spaces amount
|
||||
package de.schwardtnet.alienblaster;
|
||||
package com.googlecode.opentyrian;
|
||||
|
||||
import java.io.Writer;
|
||||
import java.util.ArrayList;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
// This string is autogenerated by ChangeAppSettings.sh, do not change spaces amount anywhere
|
||||
package de.schwardtnet.alienblaster;
|
||||
package com.googlecode.opentyrian;
|
||||
|
||||
import android.app.Activity;
|
||||
import android.content.Context;
|
||||
|
||||
class Globals {
|
||||
public static String ApplicationName = "AlienBlaster";
|
||||
public static String ApplicationName = "OpenTyrian";
|
||||
|
||||
// Should be zip file
|
||||
public static String DataDownloadUrl = "http://sites.google.com/site/xpelyax/Home/alienblaster110_data.zip?attredirects=0%26d=1|http://sitesproxy.goapk.com/site/xpelyax/Home/alienblaster110_data.zip"; // This string is autogenerated by ChangeAppSettings.sh, do not change spaces amount
|
||||
public static String DataDownloadUrl = "http://sites.google.com/site/xpelyax/Home/tyrian21-data.zip?attredirects=0%26d=1|http://sitesproxy.goapk.com/site/xpelyax/Home/tyrian21-data.zip"; // This string is autogenerated by ChangeAppSettings.sh, do not change spaces amount
|
||||
|
||||
// Set this value to true if you're planning to render 3D using OpenGL - it eats some GFX resources, so disabled for 2D
|
||||
public static boolean NeedDepthBuffer = false;
|
||||
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ class Globals {
|
||||
public static boolean HorizontalOrientation = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Readme text to be shown on download page
|
||||
public static String ReadmeText = "^You can press \"Home\" now - the data will be downloaded in background^In game press \"Menu\" for secondary fire, \"Volume Up/Down\" to cycle weapons".replace("^","\n");
|
||||
public static String ReadmeText = "^You may press \"Home\" now - the data will be downloaded in background".replace("^","\n");
|
||||
|
||||
public static boolean AppUsesMouse = false;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -38,5 +38,5 @@ class Globals {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
class LoadLibrary {
|
||||
public LoadLibrary() { System.loadLibrary("sdl"); System.loadLibrary("sdl_mixer"); System.loadLibrary("sdl_image"); };
|
||||
public LoadLibrary() { System.loadLibrary("sdl"); System.loadLibrary("sdl_net"); };
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
// This string is autogenerated by ChangeAppSettings.sh, do not change spaces amount
|
||||
package de.schwardtnet.alienblaster;
|
||||
package com.googlecode.opentyrian;
|
||||
|
||||
import android.app.Activity;
|
||||
import android.content.Context;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
// This string is autogenerated by ChangeAppSettings.sh, do not change spaces amount
|
||||
package de.schwardtnet.alienblaster;
|
||||
package com.googlecode.opentyrian;
|
||||
|
||||
import android.app.Activity;
|
||||
import android.content.Context;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
// This string is autogenerated by ChangeAppSettings.sh, do not change spaces amount
|
||||
package de.schwardtnet.alienblaster;
|
||||
package com.googlecode.opentyrian;
|
||||
|
||||
import javax.microedition.khronos.opengles.GL10;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user